WO2021164287A1 - 一种通信方法及装置 - Google Patents

一种通信方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021164287A1
WO2021164287A1 PCT/CN2020/122185 CN2020122185W WO2021164287A1 WO 2021164287 A1 WO2021164287 A1 WO 2021164287A1 CN 2020122185 W CN2020122185 W CN 2020122185W WO 2021164287 A1 WO2021164287 A1 WO 2021164287A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
data packet
radio bearer
information
compression function
message
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/122185
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
姚楚婷
郭翱
王键
杨建华
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP20920620.0A priority Critical patent/EP4099757A4/en
Priority to US17/801,184 priority patent/US20230097297A1/en
Publication of WO2021164287A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021164287A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/06—Optimizing the usage of the radio link, e.g. header compression, information sizing, discarding information
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16—Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H04W28/26—Resource reservation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0225—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/22—Manipulation of transport tunnels
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27—Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • uplink data compression uplink data compression
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol Layer
  • the terminal device For the terminal device, whether a certain data radio bearer (DRB) needs to activate the UDC function is configured by the network device. Since the network device does not know whether the uplink data of the terminal device needs UDC, when the network device configures the DRB for the terminal device, it will directly configure the DRB to activate the UDC function. For a DRB, after the UDC function is activated, the header of the data packet transmitted through the DRB will include a 1-byte UDC header. Whether to use UDC technology to compress data packets depends on the terminal device. It is possible that the terminal device does not need to compress the data packet. For example, in the initial stage of UDC configuration, or some data packets do not produce compression gain, etc. The terminal device may not compress the data packet. However, even if the terminal device does not compress the data packet, since the DRB is configured to activate the UDC function, the UDC header will also be carried in the header of the data packet sent by the terminal device, which causes a waste of transmission resources.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device for saving transmission resources.
  • a first communication method comprising: determining that a first radio bearer is processed by a first processing method, where the first processing method is activating or deactivating data packet compression of the first radio bearer Function; sending first information, the first information is used to indicate the first processing mode.
  • the method may be executed by a first communication device, and the first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip.
  • the first communication apparatus is a first device, or a chip set in the first device for realizing the function of the first device, or another component for realizing the function of the first device.
  • the first device is, for example, a terminal device or a network device. In the following introduction process, it is taken as an example that the first communication device is the first device.
  • the data packet compression function can be activated or deactivated. If the data packet compression function of a radio bearer is deactivated, the header of the data packet transmitted through the radio bearer no longer includes the compressed header, so that Save transmission resources. In other words, if the first device considers that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer does not need to be used, it does not need to turn off the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer, and only needs to deactivate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer. Can. Even if the data packet compression function of a radio bearer is deactivated, the radio bearer is still configured with the data packet compression function, that is, the configuration of the data packet compression function will not be removed with the deactivation operation.
  • the data packet compression function of the radio bearer can be activated, without the need for the network device to reconfigure data for the radio bearer Package compression function. This reduces the configuration process of network equipment and also saves signaling overhead. Moreover, to activate or deactivate the data packet compression function of the radio bearer, there is no need to perform the intra-cell handover process, which simplifies the process of deactivating the data packet compression function, reduces the time required, and improves efficiency.
  • Deactivating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer means that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from an activated state to a deactivated state; and/or,
  • Activating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer refers to that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from a deactivated state to an activated state;
  • the data packet of the first radio bearer in the activated state, includes a compressed header, and in the deactivated state, the data packet of the first radio bearer does not include a compressed header.
  • the data packet compression function of the radio bearer can be activated or deactivated, so that the data packet compression function can be activated when the data packet compression function is needed, but when the data packet compression function is not needed
  • the data packet compression function can be deactivated, so that the header of the data packet transmitted through the radio bearer no longer includes information corresponding to the data packet compression function, so as to save transmission resources.
  • the first information is included in the control PDU, MAC CE, or first data packet .
  • the first information is sent through a control PDU, and the control PDU may be a newly introduced control PDU, or it may reuse an existing control PDU.
  • the first information is sent through the MAC CE, and the control PDU may be a newly introduced MAC CE, or the existing MAC CE may be reused.
  • the control PDU or MAC CE may include an indication field, which is used to carry or carry the first information, or in other words, the indication field is used to indicate the first information.
  • the indication field may be a newly added field in the control PDU or MAC CE, or a reserved bit in the control PDU or MAC CE may also be used as the indication field.
  • the first processing method is indicated by controlling the PDU or MAC CE, which can make the indication clearer.
  • the first information may also be included in a data packet.
  • a data packet including the first information is referred to as a first data packet, and the first data packet may be any data packet sent by the first device to the second device. That is, the first information can be sent by sending the first data packet, so there is no need to send the first information to the second device through an additional message, which helps to save signaling overhead.
  • control PDU is a PDCP control PDU or an RLC control PDU.
  • control PDU can also be other possible control PDUs.
  • the first information is included in the first data packet, and the first information passes through the One or more reserved bits in the header of the first data packet are indicated.
  • the first information may occupy one or more reserved bits in the header of the first data packet, or One or more reserved bits in the header of the first data packet may indicate the first information.
  • the first information does not need to occupy the position of the payload of the first data packet, and the payload part of the first data packet can normally carry data, reducing the impact on data transmission.
  • the receiving end can obtain the first information by analyzing the header of the first data packet, so that the first processing method can be known quickly.
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet; or
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the header of the first data packet, and are not located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet.
  • one or more reserved bits used to indicate the first information can be located in the UDC header included in the header of the first data packet, or can also be located in the header of the first data packet. Inside the packet header, but outside the UDC header included in the packet header. Whether the first information is indicated by compressing the reserved bits in the header or the first information by compressing the reserved bits outside the header may be related to the length of the SN of the data packet, or in other words, related to the location of the reserved bits .
  • the first information can be indicated by the reserved bits in the compressed header, or the first information can be indicated by the reserved bits outside the compressed header. ; Or, if the compressed header includes reserved bits and the compressed header does not include reserved bits, the first information is indicated by the reserved bits in the compressed header; or, if the compressed header does not include reserved bits, the compressed header If the reserved bits are included, the first information is indicated by the reserved bits outside the compressed packet header.
  • whether the first information is indicated by the reserved bits in the compressed packet header or the first information is indicated by the reserved bits outside the compressed packet header may also be related to whether the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer is currently active. If the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer is currently active, the header of the first data packet sent by the first device through the first radio bearer will include the compressed header. In this case, the compression The reserved bits in the packet header indicate the first information, or the first information may also be indicated by reserved bits located in the packet header of the first data packet but located outside the compressed packet header included in the packet header.
  • the compressed header is not included in the header of the first data packet sent by the first device through the first radio bearer. In this case, it cannot The first information is indicated by the reserved bits in the compressed header. Therefore, the first information can be indicated by the reserved bits located in the header of the first data packet but outside the compressed header included in the header. It can be seen that the way of indicating the first information is relatively flexible.
  • the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet sent after the first information, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information is included in a first data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the second data packet, the first radio bearer is to be used.
  • the first treatment method or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet minus 1, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the next data packet of the second data packet,
  • the first radio bearer adopts the first processing method.
  • the first information may include indication information.
  • the indication information may indicate the second data packet, or the sequence number of the second data packet. In this case, it can be understood that the first information indicates that starting from the second data packet, A radio bearer adopts the first processing method.
  • the indication information may include the sequence number of the second data packet, so that the sequence number of the second data packet can be indicated through the indication information.
  • the indication information may indicate that the sequence number of the second data packet is reduced by 1. In this case, it can be understood that the first information indicates that starting from the next data packet of the second data packet, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer .
  • the indication information may include the value of the sequence number of the second data packet minus 1, so that the sequence number of the second data packet may be indicated by the indication information minus 1.
  • the first information includes indication information, and this indication method is clearer for both the first device and the second device, making the indication more accurate.
  • the first information may be included in the control PDU, MAC CE, or first data packet.
  • the first information may not include the instruction information.
  • the first information may indicate that, starting from the first data packet sent after the first information, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer.
  • the first information may be included in the control PDU, MAC CE or the first data packet. Then, for the second device receiving the first information, it is clear that starting from the first data packet received after the first information, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer.
  • the first information may indicate that starting from the first data packet sent after the control PDU or MAC CE, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; for another example , The first information is carried in the first data packet, the first information can indicate that the first data packet sent after the first data packet (note that the first data packet and the first data packet are not In the same concept, the first data packet refers to a certain data packet, and the first data packet refers to the first data packet transmitted after a certain time.
  • the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer. In this manner, the first information does not need to include too much information, which helps to save signaling overhead.
  • the first information may not include the instruction information.
  • the first information may indicate that it starts from the first data packet sent after the first information (or from the next data packet of the first data packet).
  • the first radio bearer adopts the first processing method; or, the first information may indicate that, starting from the first data packet, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer.
  • the first data packet in which the first information is located can also perform a part of the indication function, and the first information does not need to include too much information, which helps to save signaling overhead.
  • the method further includes:
  • the prefabricated dictionary corresponding to the first radio bearer is reset.
  • a data packet transmitted by a radio bearer is compressed.
  • resetting the prefab dictionary after activating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer is equivalent to resetting the prefab dictionary when starting to use the data packet compression function, so that the cache state of the first device and the cache state of the second device are consistent , Improve the success rate of data packet compression and decompression.
  • the pre-made dictionary is reset, and the pre-made dictionary does not need to be reset again after the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer is activated again.
  • Data packet transmission can be carried out as soon as possible after the carried data packet compression function.
  • the method further includes:
  • Sending a first message the first message being used to indicate a first capability, the first capability being the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating the data packet compression function;
  • the terminal device can send a message to the network
  • the device sends the first message
  • the network device receives the first message from the terminal device.
  • the first message may indicate the first capability, which is the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating the data packet compression function.
  • the data packet compression function is the UDC function
  • the first capability is the ability to dynamically activate or deactivate the UDC function.
  • the first capability may also include the number of radio bearers that the terminal device supports to dynamically activate or deactivate the data packet compression function.
  • the network device can determine whether the terminal device supports dynamic activation or deactivation of data packet compression according to the first capability. Optionally, the network device can also determine the dynamic activation or deactivation of data packet compression that the terminal device can support according to the first capability. The number of functional radio bearers.
  • the network device may send a second message to the terminal device, and the terminal device may receive the second message from the network device.
  • the second message may configure the first radio bearer to use the first capability, or in other words, the second message may be the first radio bearer Configure the first capability, or in other words, the second message may configure the first radio bearer to dynamically activate or deactivate the data packet compression function.
  • the network device may configure all or some of these radio bearers to adopt the first capability.
  • the first radio bearer is, for example, one of the radio bearers corresponding to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine that the first radio bearer can use the first capability, so that the terminal device can activate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer or deactivate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer.
  • the second message is also used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an active state, or
  • the data compression function of the first radio bearer After receiving the second message, the data compression function of the first radio bearer is in a deactivated state, wherein the second message is not used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an activated state.
  • the second message may also configure the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an activated state, or the second message may also configure the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer to be in a deactivated state. That is to say, in addition to configuring the first radio bearer to use the first capability, the second message can also configure the initial state of the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer to be activated or deactivated, so that there is no need to pass through Other signaling is used to configure the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer to the activated state or the deactivated state, which helps to save signaling overhead.
  • the method further includes:
  • a first message is received, where the first message is used to indicate a first capability, and the first capability is a capability of dynamically activating or deactivating a data packet compression function.
  • the terminal device can send a message to the network
  • the device sends the first message
  • the network device receives the first message from the terminal device.
  • the first message may indicate the first capability, which is the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating the data packet compression function.
  • the data packet compression function is the UDC function
  • the first capability is the ability to dynamically activate or deactivate the UDC function.
  • the network device After the network device receives the first message from the terminal device, it can determine that the radio bearer corresponding to the terminal device can use the first capability, so that the network device can activate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer or deactivate the first radio bearer. Carrying data packet compression function.
  • a second communication method includes: receiving first information; according to the first information, determining that the first radio bearer is processed in a first processing mode, and the first processing mode is activation or Deactivate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer.
  • the method may be executed by a second communication device, and the second communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip.
  • the second communication device is a second device, or a chip set in the second device for realizing the function of the second device, or other component used for realizing the function of the second device.
  • the second device is, for example, a terminal device or a network device. In the following introduction process, it is taken as an example that the second communication device is the second device.
  • Deactivating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer means that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from an activated state to a deactivated state; and/or,
  • Activating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer refers to that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from a deactivated state to an activated state;
  • the data packet of the first radio bearer in the activated state, includes a compressed header, and in the deactivated state, the data packet of the first radio bearer does not include a compressed header.
  • the first information is included in the control PDU, MAC CE, or first data packet .
  • control PDU is a PDCP control PDU or an RLC control PDU.
  • the first information is included in the first data packet, and the first information passes through the One or more reserved bits in the header of the first data packet are indicated.
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet; or
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the header of the first data packet, and are not located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet.
  • the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet received after the first information, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information is included in a first data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the second data packet, the first radio bearer is to be used.
  • the first treatment method or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet minus 1, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the next data packet of the second data packet,
  • the first radio bearer adopts the first processing method.
  • the method further includes:
  • the prefabricated dictionary corresponding to the first radio bearer is reset.
  • a data packet transmitted by a radio bearer is compressed.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first message being used to indicate a first capability, the first capability being the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating a data packet compression function
  • the second message is also used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an active state, or
  • the data compression function of the first radio bearer is in a deactivated state, wherein the second message is not used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an activated state.
  • the method further includes:
  • Send a first message where the first message is used to indicate a first capability, and the first capability is the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating the data packet compression function.
  • a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the first communication device as described above.
  • the first communication device is configured to execute the method in the foregoing first aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the first communication device may include a module for executing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the first communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a first device.
  • the first device is, for example, a terminal device or a network device.
  • the first communication device is the first device.
  • the transceiver module may also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module may also be implemented by a processor.
  • the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter, and the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver.
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in the communication device.
  • the transceiver (or transmitter and receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected to the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • the introduction continues with the first communication device being the first device, and the processing module and the transceiver module as examples. in,
  • the processing module is configured to determine that a first processing method is adopted for processing a first radio bearer, where the first processing method is activating or deactivating a data packet compression function of the first radio bearer;
  • the transceiver module is configured to send first information, and the first information is used to indicate the first processing mode.
  • Deactivating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer means that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from an activated state to a deactivated state; and/or,
  • Activating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer refers to that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from a deactivated state to an activated state;
  • the data packet of the first radio bearer in the activated state, includes a compressed header, and in the deactivated state, the data packet of the first radio bearer does not include a compressed header.
  • the first information is included in the control PDU, MAC CE, or first data packet .
  • control PDU is a PDCP control PDU or an RLC control PDU.
  • the first information is included in the first data packet, and the first information passes through the One or more reserved bits in the header of the first data packet are indicated.
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet; or
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the header of the first data packet, and are not located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet.
  • the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet sent after the first information, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information is included in a first data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the second data packet, the first radio bearer is to be used.
  • the first treatment method or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet minus 1, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the next data packet of the second data packet,
  • the first radio bearer adopts the first processing method.
  • the processing module is further configured to reset the prefabricated dictionary corresponding to the first radio bearer after activating or deactivating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer, and the prefabricated dictionary is used to use the The data packet compression function compresses the data packet transmitted through the first radio bearer.
  • the transceiver module is also used to:
  • Sending a first message the first message being used to indicate a first capability, the first capability being the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating the data packet compression function;
  • a second message is received, where the second message is used to configure that the first radio bearer can activate or deactivate a data packet compression function.
  • the second message is also used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an active state, or
  • the data compression function of the first radio bearer After receiving the second message, the data compression function of the first radio bearer is in a deactivated state, wherein the second message is not used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an activated state.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive the first message, and the first message is used To indicate the first capability, the first capability is the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating the data packet compression function.
  • a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the second communication device as described above.
  • the second communication device is used to execute the method in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the second communication device may include a module for executing the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the second communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a second device.
  • the second device is, for example, a network device or a terminal device.
  • the transceiver module may also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module may also be implemented by a processor.
  • the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter, and the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver.
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in the communication device.
  • the transceiver (or, transmitter and receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected to a radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • the second communication device is continued to be the second device, and the processing module and the transceiver module are used as examples for the introduction. in,
  • the transceiver module is used to receive first information
  • the processing module is configured to determine, according to the first information, a first processing method for processing the first radio bearer, where the first processing method is to activate or deactivate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer .
  • Deactivating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer means that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from an activated state to a deactivated state; and/or,
  • Activating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer refers to that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from a deactivated state to an activated state;
  • the data packet of the first radio bearer in the activated state, includes a compressed header, and in the deactivated state, the data packet of the first radio bearer does not include a compressed header.
  • the first information is included in the control PDU, MAC CE, or first data packet .
  • control PDU is a PDCP control PDU or an RLC control PDU.
  • the first information is included in the first data packet, and the first information passes through the One or more reserved bits in the header of the first data packet are indicated.
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet; or
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the header of the first data packet, and are not located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet.
  • the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet received after the first information, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information is included in a first data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the second data packet, the first radio bearer is to be used.
  • the first treatment method or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet minus 1, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the next data packet of the second data packet,
  • the first radio bearer adopts the first processing method.
  • the The processing module is further configured to reset the prefabricated dictionary corresponding to the first radio bearer after activating or deactivating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer, and the prefabricated dictionary is used to adopt the data packet compression function , Compressing the data packet transmitted through the first radio bearer.
  • the first possible implementation manner is One device (ie, the device that sends the first information) is a terminal device, the second device is a network device, and the transceiver module is also used to:
  • the first message being used to indicate a first capability, the first capability being the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating a data packet compression function
  • the second message is also used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an active state, or
  • the data compression function of the first radio bearer is in a deactivated state, wherein the second message is not used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an activated state.
  • the A device ie, a device that sends the first information
  • the second device is a terminal device
  • the transceiver module is also used to send a first message
  • the first message is used to indicate the first capability
  • the first capability is the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating the data packet compression function.
  • a communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, the first communication device as described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a communication interface, and the communication interface can be used to communicate with other devices or equipment.
  • the communication device may further include a memory for storing computer instructions.
  • the processor and the memory are coupled with each other, and are used to implement the methods described in the first aspect or various possible implementation manners.
  • the first communication device may not include a memory, and the memory may be located outside the first communication device.
  • the processor, the memory, and the communication interface are coupled with each other, and are used to implement the methods described in the first aspect or various possible implementation manners.
  • the first communication device when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the first communication device is caused to execute the method in the foregoing first aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners.
  • the first communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device or a network device.
  • the communication interface is realized by a transceiver (or a transmitter and a receiver) in the communication device, for example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder and a receiver in the communication device. Codec and other implementations.
  • the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins, etc., and the communication interface is connected to the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • a communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, the second communication device as described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a communication interface, and the communication interface can be used to communicate with other devices or equipment.
  • the communication device may further include a memory for storing computer instructions.
  • the processor and the memory are coupled with each other, and are used to implement the methods described in the second aspect or various possible implementation manners.
  • the second communication device may not include a memory, and the memory may be located outside the second communication device.
  • the processor, the memory, and the communication interface are coupled with each other, and are used to implement the methods described in the second aspect or various possible implementation manners.
  • the second communication device when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the second communication device is caused to execute the method in the second aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners.
  • the second communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a network device or a terminal device.
  • the communication interface is realized by, for example, a transceiver (or transmitter and receiver) in the communication device.
  • the transceiver is realized by the antenna, feeder, and Codec and other implementations.
  • the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as an input/output pin, etc., and the communication interface is connected to a radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • a communication system in a seventh aspect, includes the communication device described in the third aspect or the communication device described in the fifth aspect, and the communication device described in the fourth aspect or the communication device described in the sixth aspect. Device.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer executes the first aspect or any one of the above The methods described in the possible implementations.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer executes the second aspect or any one of the above The methods described in the possible implementations.
  • a computer program product containing instructions is provided, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer executes the first aspect or any one of the above The methods described in the possible implementations.
  • a computer program product containing instructions is provided.
  • the computer program product is used to store a computer program.
  • the computer program runs on a computer, the computer executes the second aspect or any one of the above. The method described in one possible implementation.
  • the data packet compression function can be deactivated.
  • the data packet compression function of the radio bearer can be deactivated, so that the radio bearer The header of the transmitted data packet will no longer include information corresponding to the data packet compression function to save transmission resources.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of UDC technology
  • Figure 2A is a schematic diagram of the header of a data packet
  • Figure 2B is another schematic diagram of the header of a data packet
  • FIG. 3A is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of another application scenario of an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 4A is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 4B is another flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the count value of the data packet
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart corresponding to an example of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart corresponding to another example of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart corresponding to another example of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a first device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a second device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is still another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 14 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • Terminal devices including devices that provide users with voice and/or data connectivity, specifically, include devices that provide users with voice, or include devices that provide users with data connectivity, or include devices that provide users with voice and data connectivity Sexual equipment.
  • it may include a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), exchange voice or data with the RAN, or exchange voice and data with the RAN.
  • RAN radio access network
  • the terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle to everything (V2X) terminal equipment , Machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, light UE, subscriber unit ( subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), User terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • M2M/MTC Machine-to-machine/machine-type communications
  • IoT Internet of things
  • it may include mobile phones (or “cellular” phones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, mobile devices with built-in computers, and so on.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • PCS cordless phones
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • restricted devices such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning system
  • laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes Wait.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the various terminal devices described above if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be regarded as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment, for example, the vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). ).
  • OBU on-board unit
  • the terminal device may also include a relay. Or it can be understood that everything that can communicate with the base station can be regarded as a terminal device.
  • the device for realizing the function of the terminal device may be a terminal device, or a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the device used to implement the functions of the terminal is a terminal device as an example to describe the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • Network equipment including, for example, access network (AN) equipment, such as a base station (e.g., access point), which may refer to equipment that communicates with wireless terminal equipment through one or more cells on the air interface in the access network
  • AN access network
  • a base station e.g., access point
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • the base station can be used to convert the received air frame and IP packet to each other, as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network can include the IP network.
  • the RSU can be a fixed infrastructure entity that supports V2X applications, and can exchange messages with other entities that support V2X applications.
  • the network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • the network equipment may include a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in a long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A) system, Or it may also include the next generation node B (gNB) in the 5th generation (5G) NR system (also referred to as the NR system) or cloud access network (cloud access network).
  • LTE long term evolution
  • NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B evolutional Node B
  • LTE-A long term evolution-advanced
  • gNB next generation node B
  • 5G NR system also referred to as the NR system
  • cloud access network cloud access network
  • the centralized unit (CU) and distributed unit (DU) in the radio access network (Cloud RAN) system are not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • the network equipment may also include core network equipment.
  • the core network equipment includes, for example, access and mobility management functions (AMF) or user plane functions (UPF). Because the embodiments of the present application mainly relate to access network equipment, in the following text, unless otherwise specified, the network equipment mentioned refers to the access network equipment.
  • AMF access and mobility management functions
  • UPF user plane functions
  • the device used to implement the function of the network device may be a network device, or a device capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the network device.
  • the device used to implement the functions of the network equipment is a network device as an example to describe the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • first and second are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or order of multiple objects. Importance.
  • first data packet and the second data packet are only for distinguishing different data packets, but do not indicate the difference in content, priority, sending order, or importance of the two data packets.
  • UDC technology is introduced and implemented at the PDCP layer.
  • UDC technology is mainly aimed at certain data packets with a large amount of repeated content, such as SIP data packets transmitted in VoLTE, and reduces the amount of data that needs to be transmitted by transmitting the difference between the data packet and the data packet.
  • UDC is the terminal device as the sender to compress the data packet
  • the network device as the receiver to decompress the data packet and the compression and decompression are based on the sender and the receiver jointly maintain the same buffer state.
  • the buffer status can refer to the content included in the buffer (or the information included in the buffer).
  • the sender compresses the data packet, it compresses based on the current state of the buffer. After the compression is successful, the sender will put the original information of the currently compressed data packet before compression into the buffer from the back end of the buffer.
  • the information of the previous data packet may not be included in the buffer during compression, so the sender can compress based on preset information, which is, for example, a pre-made dictionary.
  • the buffer includes "abc", and "abc” is, for example, a pre-made dictionary.
  • the sender needs to compress the data packet "def”, it can be compressed based on “abc”. After compressing the data packet "def”, the compressed data packet 1 is obtained, and the sender can put “def” from the back end of the buffer. Enter the buffer. After that, the sender needs to compress the data packet "ghijkl”, which can be compressed based on the "abcdef" in the buffer, that is, each time it is compressed based on the entire contents of the buffer.
  • the compressed data packet 2 After compressing the data packet "ghijkl", the compressed data packet 2 is obtained, and the sender can put the data packet "ghijkl” into the buffer from the back end of the buffer. Due to the limited storage space of the buffer, according to the principle of first in first out (FIFO), "abcd” will be squeezed out of the buffer. Then, if the sender needs to compress other data packets, it will Compression is performed based on the "efghijkl” included in the cache. For the receiving end, after receiving the compressed data packet 1, it can decompress based on the pre-made dictionary "abc" in the buffer to get the data packet "def”, and put the data packet "def” into the buffer from the back end of the buffer .
  • FIFO first in first out
  • the receiving end After receiving data packet 2, the receiving end can decompress the data packet "ghijkl” based on the information "abcdef" in the buffer, and put the data packet "ghijkl” into the buffer from the back end of the buffer, and the "abcd” will be squeezed. Out of the buffer. It can be seen that the buffer status of the receiving end and the buffer status of the sending end are always the same, so that it can be guaranteed that the receiving end can decompress correctly.
  • the network equipment For terminal equipment, whether a DRB needs to be configured with UDC functions is determined by the network equipment. Since the network device does not know whether the uplink data of the terminal device needs UDC, in order to meet the needs of the terminal device that may use the UDC function, the current network device will configure the UDC function for the configured DRB when configuring the DRB for the terminal device . After the network device sends the configuration information used to configure the UDC function for the terminal device to the terminal device, the terminal device will turn on the UDC function. For a DRB, after the UDC function is configured, there will be 1 byte (byte) in the header of the data packet transmitted through the DRB to be allocated to the UDC function, and this 1 byte can be called the UDC header .
  • UDC technology to compress data packets depends on the terminal equipment. It is possible that the terminal device does not need to compress the data packet. For example, in the initial stage of the UDC function configuration, or some data packets do not produce compression gain, the terminal device may not compress the data packet. However, even if the terminal device does not compress the data packet, the UDC function of the DRB still remains on, and the UDC header will continue to be included in the header of the data packet sent by the terminal device, which is equivalent to a waste of transmission resources. Moreover, the terminal device needs a certain amount of power consumption to turn on the UDC function. If the terminal device does not actually need to compress the data packet, turning on the UDC function will cause unnecessary power waste.
  • FIG. 2A and Fig. 2B two examples of headers of data packets.
  • the top small grid in Figure 2A and Figure 2B represents one bit.
  • Oct stands for octal.
  • Oct1 stands for the first byte
  • Oct2 stands for the second byte
  • Oct3 stands for the third byte
  • Oct4 stands for the fourth byte.
  • Figure 2A shows the location of the 12-bit UDC header of the data packet's sequence number (SN) in the packet header, where the UDC header occupies 1 corresponding to Oct3 in Figure 2A
  • Figure 2B shows the location of the 15-bit UDC header of the SN in the packet header of the data packet, where the UDC header occupies 1 byte corresponding to Oct3 in Figure 2B.
  • D/C in FIGS. 2A and 2B represents data (data, D)/control (control, C)
  • R represents reserved (reserved) bits
  • PDCP SN represents SN used to carry data packets
  • FR represents buffer Whether it is reset
  • FU can indicate whether the data packet is compressed. The checksum is used to verify the data packet. If the data packet is a data packet compressed by UDC, the UDC data block ( data block) is used to carry compressed data in the data packet, and if the data packet is a data packet that is not compressed by UDC, the UDC data block is used to carry uncompressed data in the data packet.
  • the terminal device After the UDC function of the DRB is configured, if the terminal device thinks that the UDC function of the DRB needs to be turned off, it needs to be implemented through an intra-cell handover procedure. Among them, after the UDC function of the DRB is turned off, the UDC header is not included in the header of the data packet transmitted through the DRB.
  • the so-called intra-cell handover means that the terminal device performs cell handover, and the target cell and the source cell are the same cell. After performing the intra-cell handover, the network device will reconfigure the DRB for the terminal device, and the network device will not configure the UDC function for the DRB.
  • the UDC function of DRB can be turned off in this way. After the UDC function of a DRB is turned off, it is equivalent to that the DRB is not configured with the UDC function. If the UDC function of the DRB needs to be turned on again, the network device needs to send the configuration for configuring the UDC function for the DRB again to the terminal device. information.
  • a terminal device may be configured with one or more DRBs.
  • a terminal device is configured with multiple DRBs, and the terminal device only needs to turn off the UDC function of one DRB. Then the terminal equipment executes the intra-cell handover procedure. After performing the intra-cell handover, the network equipment will reconfigure all DRBs of the terminal equipment, which is equivalent to that even for the DRBs that do not need to turn off the UDC function, the network equipment needs to be reconfigured, which also causes the burden on the network equipment. And it will also affect the normal communication of other DRBs.
  • the data packet compression function of a radio bearer can be activated or deactivated. If the data packet compression function of a radio bearer is deactivated, the packet header of the data packet transmitted through the radio bearer no longer includes compression Baotou, which can save transmission resources. In other words, if the first device considers that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer does not need to be used, it does not need to turn off the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer, and only needs to deactivate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer. Can.
  • the radio bearer Even if the data packet compression function of a radio bearer is deactivated, the radio bearer still has the data packet compression function, that is, the configuration of the data packet compression function will not be removed with the deactivation operation. Therefore, if the data packet compression function of the radio bearer needs to be activated again after the data packet compression function of the radio bearer is deactivated, the data packet compression function of the radio bearer can be activated, without the need for the network device to reconfigure data for the radio bearer Package compression function. This reduces the configuration process of network equipment and also saves signaling overhead.
  • the radio bearer can be activated or deactivated in a targeted manner. Therefore, it will not affect other radios when only one radio bearer is operated. Bearer, reduce the burden of network equipment and terminal equipment, and can also try to ensure the normal communication of other wireless bearers.
  • the data packet compression function can be activated again when needed, and does not need to be activated when the radio bearer is configured.
  • the data packet compression function when the data packet compression function is configured, if the data packet compression function is not activated, the header of the data packet transmitted through the radio bearer will not include the information corresponding to the data packet compression function (For example, UDC header), in order to save transmission resources, deactivating the data packet compression function can also save the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the receiving end if the data packet compression function of a radio bearer is deactivated, the receiving end does not need to parse the UDC header when parsing the data packet transmitted through the radio bearer, thereby reducing the complexity of receiving.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application can be applied to the 4th generation (4G) mobile communication technology (the 4th generation, 4G) system, such as the LTE system, or can be applied to the 5G system, such as the NR system, or can also be applied to the next generation
  • the 4th generation, 4G 4th generation
  • the 5G system such as the NR system
  • the next generation For mobile communication systems or other similar communication systems, as long as there is one entity that can send data packets to another entity, and the sending end entity can compress the data packets, there are no specific restrictions.
  • the air interface communication process between the network device and the terminal device is taken as an example.
  • the technical solution provided by the embodiment of this application can also be applied to a sidelink (SL).
  • SL sidelink
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application can be applied to device-to-device (D2D) scenarios, can be NR D2D scenarios, LTE D2D scenarios, etc., or can be applied to vehicle-to-everything (vehicle to everything) scenarios.
  • everything (V2X) scenario it can be NR V2X scenario or LTE V2X scenario, etc., for example, it can be applied to the Internet of Vehicles, such as V2X, LTE-V, vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), etc., or can be used for Intelligent driving, intelligent networked vehicles and other fields.
  • FIG. 3A is an application scenario of an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 3A includes a network device and a terminal device.
  • the network device works in an evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access (evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access, E-UTRA) system, or works in an NR system, for example.
  • E-UTRA evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access
  • NR NR network
  • long-term evolution voice bearer voice over long-term evolution, VoLTE
  • new wireless voice bearer voice over new radio, VoNR
  • data Internet access such as launching a live broadcast, playing games and surfing the Internet
  • terminal equipment generally needs to report to the base station whether it supports data compression capabilities.
  • the base station can decide whether to configure the relevant parameters of data compression for the terminal device according to the service initiated by the user.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device is configured by the base station to perform data compression, such as UDC, when the terminal device performs uplink transmission, such as initiating a VoLTE/VoNR call or initiating a live broadcast, the UDC method can be adopted.
  • the terminal device can use the method provided in the embodiment of the present application to perform UDC, which can reduce or even avoid packet loss caused by uplink data compression.
  • the method provided in the embodiments of the present application can also be used to reduce or even avoid packet loss caused by downlink data compression.
  • FIG. 3B is also a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • a user holds a terminal device to initiate a VoLTE/VoNR call as an example.
  • the network device in FIG. 3A or FIG. 3B is, for example, a base station.
  • network equipment corresponds to different equipment in different systems.
  • a 4G system it can correspond to a network equipment in a 4G system, such as an eNB
  • a 5G system it can correspond to a network equipment in a 5G system, such as gNB.
  • the network equipment may also be a hybrid networking equipment of LTE network equipment and NR network equipment, and form a mixed radio-dual connectivity (MR-DC) with terminal equipment.
  • MR-DC mixed radio-dual connectivity
  • the network device may also correspond to the network equipment in the future mobile communication system.
  • the network device is a base station as an example.
  • the network device may also be a device such as an RSU.
  • the solutions provided by the embodiments of this application can be applied to the air interface communication between network equipment and terminal equipment, it can also be applied to sidelink communication, so the embodiments of this application are not limited to network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the communication between may also be the communication between the network device and the network device, or the communication between the terminal device and the terminal device.
  • the first device described in the embodiment of the present application may be a network device or a terminal device
  • the second device described in the embodiment of the present application may be a network device or a terminal device. There is no restriction on the combination of types.
  • FIG. 4A or FIG. 4B is a flow chart of the method, in which the upstream process in FIG. 4A is taken as an example, and the downstream process in FIG. 4B is taken as an example.
  • the application of this method to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3A or FIG. 3B is taken as an example.
  • the method executed by the first device and the second device is taken as an example. Because this embodiment is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3A or FIG. 3B as an example, if the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application is applied to the uplink process, the first device described below may be FIG. 3A Or the terminal device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3B, the second device described below may be the network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3A or FIG. 3B; or, if the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application are applied In the downlink process, the first device described below may be the network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3A or FIG. 3B, and the second device described below may be the terminal architecture shown in FIG. 3A or FIG.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to the sidewalk process.
  • the first device described below can be replaced by the terminal device 1, and the second device described below can be replaced by the terminal device. 2. Wait.
  • the upward process in Figure 4A is an example, in Figure 4A, the first device is a terminal device, the second device is a network device, and the downward process in Figure 4B is an example, so in Figure 4B, the first device is A network device, and the second device is a terminal device.
  • the first device determines to use the first processing mode to process the first radio bearer.
  • the first processing method is to activate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer, or to deactivate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer.
  • the first radio bearer may be a DRB or a signaling radio bearer (signaling radio bearer, SRB).
  • the data packet compression function may be the UDC function. If the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application is applied to a downlink process or a side line process, etc., the data packet compression function may be other corresponding compression functions.
  • the first radio bearer can be a radio bearer configured by the second device for the first device; or, if the first device is a network device, the second device is a terminal Device, the first radio bearer may be a radio bearer configured by the first device for the second device.
  • the network device can configure one radio bearer for the terminal device, and the radio bearer can be the first radio bearer; or the network device can configure multiple radio bearers for the terminal device, and the first radio bearer can be one of the multiple radio bearers. anyone.
  • deactivating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer may mean that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from an activated state to a deactivated state.
  • Activating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer may mean that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from a deactivated state to an activated state.
  • the packet structure of the data packet of the first radio bearer is the same as the packet structure of the data packet of the radio bearer without the data packet compression function.
  • the compressed packet header may be a UDC header
  • the compressed packet header may be other corresponding compressed packet headers.
  • S45 described later can be executed, that is, the first information is sent to the second device, so that the second device can know that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer is If activated, if the second device receives a data packet sent by the first device through the first radio bearer, it can be clear that the header of the data packet includes a compressed header.
  • S45 described later can also be executed, that is, sending the first information to the second device, so that the second device can know the data packet of the first radio bearer
  • the compression function is deactivated, if the second device receives a data packet sent by the first device via the first radio bearer, it can be clear that the header of the data packet does not include a compressed header. This enables the second device to clarify the way to parse the data packet, which improves the reception success rate of the second device.
  • the header of the data packet transmitted through the DRB always includes the UDC header. Therefore, a bit is included in the UDC header to indicate whether the terminal device has compressed the data packet. For example, refer to FIG. 2A or FIG. 2B, where "FU" is used to indicate whether the terminal device has compressed the data packet.
  • the terminal device does not use the data packet compression function for the first radio bearer, it will directly deactivate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer. Therefore, there is no need to use the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer.
  • the compressed header included in the packet header indicates whether the data packet is compressed, so that bits in the compressed header can be saved. For example, the bit can be used for other purposes to improve the utilization of the compressed header.
  • the first radio bearer is configured with the data packet compression function, that is, the first radio bearer is configured with the data packet compression function.
  • the configuration of the data packet compression function of a radio bearer will not be removed with the deactivation of the data packet compression function.
  • by deactivating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer the purpose of removing the compressed header from the header of the data packet transmitted through the first radio bearer can be achieved.
  • the current practice is that if you want to remove the UDC header in the header of a data packet transmitted by a DRB, you can only turn off the UDC function of the DRB.
  • whether a radio bearer needs to use the data packet compression function can be determined by the sender of the data packet (that is, the first device). For example, in a scenario where a user plays certain games through a terminal device, at the beginning of the DRB established for the game, there is a large difference between the data packets of the previous game update data transmission, and there is basically no compressed revenue. At this time, the DRB does not need to activate the data. Package compression function. When the game starts after it is opened, the difference between the transmitted data packets is small, and a better compression gain can be obtained. At this time, the DRB can activate the data packet compression function.
  • the terminal device can also indicate whether to use the compressed packet function through a bit in the UDC header, the UDC header is always included in the packet header of the data packet. If the terminal device does not actually use the UDC technology to compress the data packet, the UDC header is actually unnecessary.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device does not use the data packet compression function for the first radio bearer, the terminal device can deactivate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer, so that the header of the data packet transmitted through the first radio bearer The compressed header is no longer included, which can save transmission resources.
  • the terminal device activates or deactivates the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer, it will also notify the network device, so that the network device can clarify the way to parse the data packet transmitted through the first radio bearer.
  • the first device is a terminal device
  • the first radio bearer is a DRB
  • the data packet compression function is a UDC function.
  • the difference between the data included in the data packet sent by the terminal device through the first DRB may be large, for example, the terminal device sends image data, and the difference between the previous frame of image and the subsequent frame of image
  • the UDC function is more advantageous when compressing data packets with smaller differences and can obtain better compression gain.
  • the terminal device can consider that the first DRB does not need to adopt the UDC function in this case.
  • the terminal device can keep the UDC function of the first DRB in the deactivated state, and if the UDC function of the first DRB is in the activated state, the terminal device can be deactivated by executing S41 UDC function of the first DRB.
  • the terminal device can also indicate whether to use the compressed packet function through a bit in the UDC header, the UDC header is always included in the packet header of the data packet. If the terminal device does not actually use the UDC technology to compress the data packet, the UDC header is actually unnecessary.
  • the terminal device can deactivate the UDC function of the first DRB, so that the header of the data packet transmitted through the first DRB no longer includes the UDC header. Can save transmission resources.
  • the difference between the data included in the data packet sent by the terminal device through the first radio bearer may be small.
  • the terminal device sends image data, and the previous frame of image is followed by the next frame of image. If the difference is small, the terminal device can consider that the first radio bearer can adopt the UDC function in this case. Then if the UDC function of the first radio bearer is in the active state, the terminal device can keep the UDC function of the first radio bearer in the active state, and if the UDC function of the first radio bearer is in the deactivated state, the terminal device can perform S41 Activate the UDC function of the first radio bearer.
  • the terminal device can activate the UDC function of the first radio bearer by executing S41, and the network device does not need to reconfigure the UDC function for the first radio bearer.
  • the first device can flexibly activate or deactivate the data packet compression function of the radio bearer, and can deactivate the data packet compression function of the radio bearer when it is not required to use the radio bearer data packet compression function.
  • the compressed header is no longer included in the header of the data packet that bears the transmission, which saves transmission resources.
  • the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer has been configured.
  • the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer needs to be activated again after being deactivated, just perform S41, without the network device re-configuring the data packet compression function for the first radio bearer, which reduces the configuration process and saves signaling overhead. Also reduce the power consumption of the device.
  • the first device is a terminal device and the second device is a network device
  • S42 may be executed before S41 is executed.
  • the terminal device may send the first message to the network device, and the network device may receive the message from the terminal.
  • the first message may indicate the first capability, which is the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating the data packet compression function.
  • the data packet compression function is the UDC function
  • the first capability is the ability to dynamically activate or deactivate the UDC function.
  • the first capability may also include the number of radio bearers that the terminal device supports to dynamically activate or deactivate the data packet compression function.
  • the network device can determine whether the terminal device supports dynamic activation or deactivation of data packet compression according to the first capability. Optionally, the network device can also determine the dynamic activation or deactivation of data packet compression that the terminal device can support according to the first capability. The number of functional radio bearers.
  • S43 may be executed.
  • the network device sends a second message to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the second message from the network device.
  • the second message may configure the first radio bearer to use the first capability, or in other words, the second message.
  • the message may configure the first capability for the first radio bearer, or in other words, the second message may configure the first radio bearer to dynamically activate or deactivate the data packet compression function.
  • the network device may configure all or some of these radio bearers to adopt the first capability.
  • the first radio bearer is, for example, one of the radio bearers corresponding to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine that the first radio bearer can use the first capability, so that the terminal device can activate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer in S41, or deactivate the data packet of the first radio bearer Compression function.
  • the second message may also configure the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer to an active state, or the second message may also configure the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer to an inactive state. That is to say, in addition to configuring the first radio bearer to use the first capability, the second message can also configure the initial state of the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer to be activated or deactivated, so that there is no need to pass through Other signaling is used to configure the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer to the activated state or the deactivated state, which helps to save signaling overhead.
  • the second message may be a message used to configure the first radio bearer.
  • the second message is a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) message, and the second message may be used to configure the first radio bearer.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the data packet compression function of a radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the first radio bearer can also be configured to use the first capability. In this way, more functions can be implemented with less transmission resources, and resource utilization is improved. Rate, it is also conducive to saving transmission overhead.
  • the network device when the network device configures the first DRB for the terminal device, it can configure the UDC function to activate the first DRB, that is, the second message is used to configure the first DRB, and the second message is also used to configure the first DRB.
  • the initial state of the packet compression function is active. This approach helps to be compatible with existing solutions.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device is configured with the first DRB, if it is considered that the UDC function of the first DRB needs to be deactivated, the terminal device can deactivate the UDC function of the first DRB, that is, it can execute S41.
  • the terminal device may also activate the UDC function of the first DRB again, that is, S41 may be executed again.
  • the configuration does not activate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer. That is, the second message is a message for configuring the first radio bearer, and the initial state of the second message configuring the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer is the deactivated state. If the second message is a message used to configure the first radio bearer, and the second message is not used to configure the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer to be active, then the second message does not need to configure the data packet compression of the first radio bearer The function is in the deactivated state, and it can be directly considered that the first radio bearer is in the deactivated state.
  • the second message is used to configure the first DRB for the terminal device, but the second message is not used to activate the UDC function of the first DRB. It can be considered that the UDC function of the first DRB is not activated and therefore is in a deactivated state. In this way, if the terminal device considers that the UDC function of the first DRB does not need to be activated, it is unnecessary to activate the UDC function of the first DRB, and the packet header of the data packet sent by the terminal device does not need to include the UDC header, so as to save transmission resources. In this case, when the first DRB is configured, the UDC function of the first DRB can be considered to be deactivated.
  • the terminal device can execute S41.
  • the terminal device activates the UDC function of the first DRB, after activating the UDC function of the first DRB, the terminal device can also deactivate the UDC function of the first DRB, that is, S41 can be executed again.
  • the second message may not be used to configure the first radio bearer, that is, the network device configures the first radio bearer through other messages, so that the two configuration processes of configuring the radio bearer and configuring the first radio bearer to be able to use the first capability can be passed through Different messages are distinguished to make the configuration process more clear.
  • the terminal device can send the first message to the network device, and the network device receives the message from the terminal.
  • the first message of the device Refer to Figure 4B for S44.
  • the first message may indicate the first capability, which is the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating the data packet compression function.
  • the data packet compression function is the UDC function
  • the first capability is the ability to dynamically activate or deactivate the UDC function.
  • the network device After the network device receives the first message from the terminal device, it can determine that the radio bearer corresponding to the terminal device can use the first capability, so that the network device can activate or deactivate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer in S41 The data packet compression function of the first radio bearer.
  • the terminal device supporting the data packet compression function is taken as an example.
  • the terminal device By reporting the capabilities of the terminal device, the terminal device makes the configuration of the terminal device by the network device more in line with the capability requirements of the terminal device.
  • the first device sends the first information
  • the second device receives the first information from the first device.
  • the first information may indicate the first processing method
  • the second device may determine to adopt the first processing method for the first radio bearer according to the first information.
  • it is the first device that uses the first processing method to process the first radio bearer, and the first device is equivalent to just notifying the second device of the first processing method.
  • the first information may be carried by a control (control) protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU), that is, the first information may be sent by sending a control PDU.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • the control PDU is, for example, a PDCP control PDU, or may also be a radio link control (radio link control, RLC) control PDU, etc.
  • the first information can be carried by a media access control control element (MAC CE), that is, the first information can be sent by sending the MAC CE.
  • MAC CE media access control control element
  • the first information is sent through a control PDU, and the control PDU may be a newly introduced control PDU, or it may reuse an existing control PDU.
  • the first information is sent through the MAC CE, and the control PDU may be a newly introduced MAC CE, or the existing MAC CE may be reused.
  • the control PDU or MAC CE may include an indication field, which is used to carry or carry the first information, or in other words, the indication field is used to indicate the first information.
  • the indication field may be a newly added field in the control PDU or MAC CE, or a reserved bit in the control PDU or MAC CE may also be used as the indication field.
  • the first processing method is indicated by controlling the PDU or MAC CE, which can make the indication clearer.
  • the method of including the first information through the MAC CE also requires information indicating the first radio bearer, that is, the MAC CE is used to activate or deactivate which radio bearer.
  • the MAC CE needs to carry the identity number (ID) of the radio bearer.
  • the first information may also be included in a data packet.
  • a data packet including the first information is called a first data packet
  • the first data packet may be a first device. Any data packet sent to the second device. That is, the first information can be sent by sending the first data packet, so there is no need to send the first information to the second device through an additional message, which helps to save signaling overhead.
  • the first information can occupy one or more reserved bits in the header of the first data packet, or One or more reserved bits in the header of the first data packet may indicate the first information.
  • the one or more reserved bits used to indicate the first information may be located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet, or may also be located in the header of the first data packet but located in the compressed header included in the header Outside Baotou.
  • the data packet compression function as the UDC function as an example
  • one or more reserved bits used to indicate the first information can be located in the UDC header included in the header of the first data packet, or can also be located in the header of the first data packet. Inside the packet header, but outside the UDC header included in the packet header.
  • Whether the first information is indicated by compressed reserved bits in the header or the first information is indicated by compressed reserved bits outside the header may be related to the length of the SN of the data packet.
  • the header of the data packet shown in FIG. 2A it can be indicated by one or two of the two reserved bits in the UDC header (that is, the bits corresponding to the two "R"s in a row corresponding to Oct3)
  • the first information alternatively, the first information can also be indicated by one or more of the three reserved bits in the header (that is, the bits corresponding to the three "R"s in a row corresponding to Oct1).
  • the three reserved bits are located in the packet header of the data packet, but are located outside the UDC header included in the packet header. For example, a reserved bit is used to indicate the first information.
  • this reserved bit is "1"
  • the value of the reserved bit is "0", which indicates that the first processing method is to deactivate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer.
  • the indication mode can be more abundant, and the specific indication mode is not limited.
  • the length of the SN is 12 bits or 18 bits, and the first information can be indicated by the reserved bits in the data packet header outside the uncompressed packet header.
  • the length of the SN of the data packet is 15 bits, so the header only has reserved bits in the UDC header, and there are no reserved bits outside the UDC header.
  • the first information can only be indicated by the reserved bits in the UDC header, and the first information cannot be indicated by the reserved bits outside the UDC header.
  • the first information can be indicated by one or two of the two reserved bits in the UDC header in FIG. 2B (that is, the bits corresponding to the two "R"s in a row corresponding to Oct3).
  • whether the first information is indicated by the reserved bits in the compressed packet header or the first information is indicated by the reserved bits outside the compressed packet header may also be related to whether the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer is currently active. If the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer is currently active, the header of the first data packet sent by the first device through the first radio bearer will include the compressed header. In this case, the compression The reserved bits in the packet header indicate the first information, or the first information may also be indicated by reserved bits located in the packet header of the first data packet but located outside the compressed packet header included in the packet header.
  • the compressed header is not included in the header of the first data packet sent by the first device through the first radio bearer. In this case, it cannot The first information is indicated by the reserved bits in the compressed header. Therefore, the first information can be indicated by the reserved bits located in the header of the first data packet but outside the compressed header included in the header.
  • Both the first device and the second device should use the first processing method for the first radio bearer, so the first device and the second device need to make it clear that the first radio bearer adopts the first processing method at the same point in time, or in other words, the first The device and the second device need to make it clear that the first radio bearer adopts the first processing method from the same data packet.
  • the terminal device should start with a data packet and adopt the first processing method for the first radio bearer, and the network device also needs to make it clear that the terminal device starts to perform the processing on the first radio bearer in the data packet.
  • the bearer adopts the first processing method; or, if the method in this embodiment of the present application is applied to the uplink process, the network device should start with a data packet and adopt the first processing method for the first radio bearer, and the terminal device also needs to specify the network device At the beginning of the data packet, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer. Only in this way can the buffer status of the terminal device and the buffer status of the network device be aligned, so that subsequent data packets can be correctly compressed and decompressed.
  • the first information may also include indication information.
  • the indication information may indicate the second data packet, or the sequence number of the second data packet.
  • the first information indicates that the second data packet Initially, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer.
  • the indication information may include the sequence number of the second data packet, so that the sequence number of the second data packet can be indicated through the indication information.
  • the indication information may indicate that the sequence number of the second data packet is reduced by 1.
  • the first information indicates that starting from the next data packet of the second data packet, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer .
  • the indication information may include the value of the sequence number of the second data packet minus 1, so that the sequence number of the second data packet may be indicated by the indication information minus 1.
  • the first information includes indication information, and this indication method is clearer for both the first device and the second device, making the indication more accurate.
  • the first information includes indication information, and the first information may be included in the control PDU, the MAC CE, or the first data packet.
  • each data packet has a number corresponding to the PDCP layer.
  • the number of a data packet in the PDCP layer can be composed of two parts, SN and hyperframe number (hyper frame number, HFN), the two together constitute the number of the data packet, or the count of the data packet (count) value.
  • FIG. 5 which is a schematic diagram of the structure of the count value of the data packet.
  • the sequence number of the data packet described in the embodiment of the present application may refer to the sequence number of the data packet, that is, the SN of the data packet, or the count value of the data packet, that is, the count value of the data packet.
  • the serial number of a data packet is the same as the serial number of the compressed data packet (that is, the serial number of the compressed data packet).
  • the sequence number of the second data packet and the sequence number of the compressed second data packet are the same. If the second data packet is an uncompressed data packet, the sequence number of the second data packet sent by the first device and the sequence number of the second data packet received by the second device are even more the same. Therefore, if the indication information includes the sequence number of the second data packet, the first device and the second device can determine the same data packet, that is, the second data packet.
  • both the first device and the second device can determine that, starting from the second data packet, the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer is activated, or the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer is deactivated.
  • the indication information includes the sequence number of the second data packet minus 1
  • the first device and the second device can determine the same data packet, that is, the second data packet. Therefore, both the first device and the second device can determine that, starting from the next data packet of the second data packet, the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer is activated, or the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer is deactivated.
  • the first information may not include the instruction information.
  • the first information may indicate that, starting from the first data packet sent after the first information, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer.
  • the first information may be included in the control PDU, MAC CE or the first data packet. Then, for the second device receiving the first information, it is clear that starting from the first data packet received after the first information, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer.
  • the first information may indicate that starting from the first data packet sent after the control PDU or MAC CE, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; for another example , The first information is carried in the first data packet, the first information can indicate that the first data packet sent after the first data packet (note that the first data packet and the first data packet are not In the same concept, the first data packet refers to a certain data packet, and the first data packet refers to the first data packet transmitted after a certain time.
  • the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer. In this manner, the first information does not need to include too much information, which helps to save signaling overhead.
  • the first information can occupy 1 bit. If the value of this bit is "0", it indicates that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer is deactivated from the first data packet sent after the first information, or , Indicating that the first processing method is to deactivate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer; or, if the value of this 1 bit is "1", it indicates that the first data packet sent after the first message is activated.
  • a data packet compression function of the radio bearer or in other words, indicates that the first processing method is to activate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer.
  • the first information may also occupy more bits, which is not specifically limited.
  • the first information may not include the instruction information.
  • the first information may indicate that it starts from the first data packet sent after the first information (or from the next data packet of the first data packet).
  • the first radio bearer adopts the first processing method; or, the first information may indicate that, starting from the first data packet, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer.
  • the first data packet in which the first information is located can also perform a part of the indication function, and the first information does not need to include too much information, which helps to save signaling overhead.
  • the first device may also perform S46, the first The device resets the pre-made dictionary corresponding to the first radio bearer.
  • the second device activates or deactivates the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer, or after adopting the first processing method on the first radio bearer, it can also perform S47, and the second device resets the first radio bearer The corresponding pre-made dictionary.
  • S46 can occur before S47, or S47 can occur after S47, or S46 and S47 can also occur at the same time.
  • the prefabricated dictionary can be used to compress data packets.
  • the prefabricated dictionary may be used when the data packet compression function is used to compress the data packets transmitted through the first radio bearer.
  • the data packet compression function is the UDC function, and the introduction about the prefabricated dictionary can also refer to the preceding text.
  • a prefabricated dictionary is "abc" as shown in Figure 1.
  • resetting the prefab dictionary after activating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer is equivalent to resetting the prefab dictionary when starting to use the data packet compression function, so that the cache state of the first device and the cache state of the second device are consistent , Improve the success rate of data packet compression and decompression.
  • the pre-made dictionary is reset, and the pre-made dictionary does not need to be reset again after the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer is activated again.
  • Data packet transmission can be carried out as soon as possible after the carried data packet compression function.
  • the first time is to activate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer
  • the second time is to deactivate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer.
  • you only need to reset the pre-made dictionary after one of the processes is completed There is no need to reset the pre-made dictionary after the two processes are over.
  • FIG. 6 to FIG. 8 which are more detailed examples of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A.
  • the first radio bearer is the first DRB
  • the data packet compression function is the UDC function
  • the communication process is the uplink process as an example.
  • the communication method shown in FIG. 6 is the first example of the embodiment described in FIG. 4A.
  • the terminal device sends a first message to the network device, and the network device receives the first message from the terminal device.
  • the first message indicates the first capability, which is the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating UDC.
  • the network device sends a second message to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the second message from the network device.
  • the second message is used to configure the first DRB for the terminal device.
  • the second message is also used to configure that the first DRB of the terminal device can activate or deactivate the UDC function, and the second message is also used to configure the UDC function that activates the first DRB.
  • the UDC function of the first DRB is activated when the first DRB is configured as an example.
  • the terminal device determines to deactivate the UDC function of the first DRB.
  • the terminal device needs to send multiple pictures to the network device through the first DRB, and these multiple pictures are pictures with large differences.
  • UDC compression may not be able to obtain the compression gain, so the terminal device can determine to deactivate the first UDC function of DRB.
  • the terminal device sends the first PDCP control PDU to the network device, and the network device receives the first PDCP control PDU from the terminal device.
  • the first PDCP control PDU includes first information, and the first information indicates to deactivate the UDC function of the first DRB. In order to distinguish from the first information that may appear later, the first information may be referred to as the first information 1.
  • the first information 1 is carried in the PDCP control PDU as an example.
  • the first information 1 may also include indication information.
  • the indication information may be referred to as indication information 1.
  • the indication information 1 indicates the count value of the second data packet 1. It indicates that the first message 1 indicates that the UDC function of the first DRB is deactivated from the second data packet 1.
  • the second data packet 1 may be the next data packet to be sent by the terminal device, or may also be any data packet to be sent by the terminal device. Then, when the terminal device sends the second data packet 1 to the network device, it no longer uses the UDC function for compression.
  • the network device After the network device receives the first information 1, it can also be clear that the UDC function of the first DRB is deactivated from the second data packet 1.
  • the second data packet 1 is a data packet that is not compressed by the UDC function, so that the network device will process the second data packet 1 according to the second data packet.
  • the packet header of the packet 1 is processed without the UDC header, so that the network device can obtain the correct second data packet 1.
  • the terminal device determines to activate the UDC function of the first DRB.
  • the terminal device starts a game, and the scene of the game is relatively continuous, which is equivalent to that the terminal device needs to send multiple pictures to the network device through the first DRB, and the difference between the multiple pictures is relatively small.
  • the terminal device can determine to reactivate the UDC function of the first DRB.
  • the embodiment of the application does not change the configuration of the UDC function of the first DRB when the UDC function of the first DRB is deactivated, that is, after the UDC function of the first DRB is deactivated, the first DRB still has the UDC function . Therefore, if the UDC function of the first DRB needs to be activated again, the terminal device can be directly activated without the network device sending configuration information for configuring the UDC function of the first DRB to the terminal device, that is, the network device is not required to be the first DRB. DRB configures the UDC function.
  • the terminal device sends a second PDCP control PDU to the network device, and the network device receives the second PDCP control PDU from the terminal device.
  • the second PDCP control PDU includes first information, and the first information indicates that the UDC function of the first DRB is activated. This first information can be referred to as first information 2.
  • the first information 2 is carried in the PDCP control PDU as an example.
  • different first information can be carried in the same type of message, or can also be carried in different types of messages.
  • the first information 2 in S66 may also be carried in RLC control PDU, or carried in data packets, and so on.
  • the first information 2 may also include indication information.
  • the indication information may be referred to as indication information 2.
  • the indication information 2 indicates the count value of the second data packet 2. It indicates that the first information indicates that the UDC function of the first DRB is activated from the second data packet 2.
  • the second data packet 2 may be the next data packet to be sent by the terminal device, or may also be any data packet to be sent by the terminal device. Then, when the terminal device sends the second data packet 2 to the network device, it will use the UDC function for compression. After the network device receives the first information, it can also be clear that the UDC function of the first DRB is activated from the second data packet 2. When the network device receives the second data packet 2 from the terminal device, it can also be clear that the second data packet 2 is a data packet compressed using the UDC function, so that the network device will process the second data packet 2 according to the second data packet. There is a UDC header in the packet header of 2 for processing, so that the network device can get the correct second data packet 2.
  • the terminal device resets the pre-made dictionary of the first DRB.
  • the network device resets the pre-made dictionary of the first DRB.
  • the prefabricated dictionary corresponding to the first DRB may be reset.
  • the network device may reset the prefabricated dictionary corresponding to the first DRB after activating the data packet compression function of the first DRB, or after adopting the first processing method on the first DRB.
  • S67 can occur before S68, or S67 can occur after S68, or S67 and S68 can also occur at the same time.
  • Figure 6 takes S67 before S68 as an example.
  • the terminal device and the network device first deactivate the UDC function of the first DRB, and then activate the UDC function of the first DRB, which is equivalent to performing two processing procedures on the first DRB.
  • the terminal equipment and network equipment only need to reset the pre-made dictionary corresponding to the first DRB after one of the processing processes (the flow shown in Figure 6 is taken as an example after the activation process is completed), and there is no need for each processing process.
  • the pre-made dictionary is reset after the end, which can not only ensure that the cache state of the terminal device and the cache state of the network device remain consistent, but also reduce the workload of the terminal device and the network device.
  • FIG. 7 is a second example of the embodiment described in FIG. 4A.
  • the terminal device sends a first message to the network device, and the network device receives the first message from the terminal device.
  • the first message indicates the first capability, which is the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating UDC.
  • the network device sends a second message to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the second message from the network device.
  • the second message is used to configure the first DRB for the terminal device.
  • the second message is also used to configure that the first DRB of the terminal device can activate or deactivate the UDC function, and the second message is also used to configure the UDC function that activates the first DRB.
  • the UDC function of the first DRB is activated when the first DRB is configured.
  • the terminal device determines to deactivate the UDC function of the first DRB.
  • the terminal device sends the first RLC control PDU to the network device, and the network device receives the first RLC control PDU from the terminal device.
  • the first RLC control PDU includes first information, and the first information indicates to deactivate the UDC function of the first DRB. In order to distinguish from the first information that may appear later, the first information may be referred to as the first information 1.
  • the first information 1 is carried in the RLC control PDU as an example.
  • the first information 1 may also include indication information.
  • the indication information may be referred to as indication information 1.
  • the indication information 1 indicates the SN of the second data packet 1. It indicates that the first message 1 indicates that the UDC function of the first DRB is deactivated from the second data packet 1.
  • the second data packet 1 may be the next data packet to be sent by the terminal device, or may also be any data packet to be sent by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device resets the pre-made dictionary of the first DRB.
  • the network device resets the pre-made dictionary of the first DRB.
  • the terminal device may reset the prefabricated dictionary corresponding to the first DRB.
  • the network device may reset the prefabricated dictionary corresponding to the first DRB.
  • S75 can occur before S76, or S75 can occur after S76, or S75 and S76 can also occur at the same time.
  • Figure 7 takes S75 before S76 as an example.
  • the terminal device determines to activate the UDC function of the first DRB.
  • the terminal device sends a second RLC control PDU to the network device, and the network device receives the second RLC control PDU from the terminal device.
  • the second RLC control PDU includes first information, and the first information indicates that the UDC function of the first DRB is activated. This first information can be referred to as first information 2.
  • the embodiment of the application does not change the configuration of the UDC function of the first DRB when the UDC function of the first DRB is deactivated, that is, after the UDC function of the first DRB is deactivated, the first DRB still has the UDC function . Therefore, if the UDC function of the first DRB needs to be activated again, the terminal device can be directly activated without the network device sending configuration information for configuring the UDC function of the first DRB to the terminal device, that is, the network device is not required to be the first DRB. DRB configures the UDC function.
  • the first information 2 is carried in the RLC control PDU as an example.
  • the terminal device wants to send the first information multiple times, different first information can be carried in the same type of message, or can also be carried in different types of messages.
  • the first information 2 in S78 may also be carried in a PDCP control PDU, or carried in a data packet, and so on.
  • the first information 2 may also include indication information.
  • the indication information may be referred to as indication information 2.
  • the indication information 2 indicates the count value of the second data packet 2. It indicates that the first information indicates that the UDC function of the first DRB is activated from the second data packet 2.
  • the second data packet 2 may be the next data packet to be sent by the terminal device, or may also be any data packet to be sent by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device and the network device first deactivate the UDC function of the first DRB, and then activate the UDC function of the first DRB, which is equivalent to performing two processing procedures on the first DRB.
  • the terminal equipment and network equipment only need to reset the pre-made dictionary corresponding to the first DRB after one of the processing processes (the process shown in Figure 7 is after the deactivation process is completed), and there is no need to process each time. After the process is over, the pre-made dictionary is reset, which can not only ensure that the cache state of the terminal device and the cache state of the network device are consistent, but also reduce the workload of the terminal device and the network device.
  • FIG. 8 is a third example of the embodiment described in FIG. 4A.
  • the terminal device may send a first message to the network device, and the network device receives the first message from the terminal device.
  • the first message indicates the first capability, which is the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating UDC.
  • the network device sends a second message to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the second message from the network device.
  • the second message is used to configure the first DRB for the terminal device.
  • the second message is also used to configure the first DRB of the terminal device to be able to activate or deactivate the UDC function, and the second message is not used to configure the UDC function to activate the first DRB.
  • the configuration information is not configured to activate the UDC function of the first DRB. It is equivalent to the process shown in FIG. 8 in which the UDC function of the first DRB is not activated when the first DRB is configured. It can be seen that although the UDC function of the first DRB is not activated, the UDC function of the first DRB is still configured, that is, the first DRB still has the UDC function.
  • the terminal device determines to activate the UDC function of the first DRB.
  • the terminal device sends the first data packet 1 to the network device, and the network device receives the first data packet 1 from the terminal device.
  • the first data packet 1 includes first information, and the first information indicates that the UDC function of the first DRB is activated. In order to distinguish from the first information that may appear later, the first information may be referred to as the first information 1.
  • the first information 1 is carried in a data packet as an example.
  • the first information 1 may also include indication information.
  • the indication information may be referred to as indication information 1.
  • the indication information 1 indicates that the count value of the second data packet 1 is reduced by one. It indicates that the first information 1 indicates that the UDC function of the first DRB is deactivated from the next data packet of the second data packet 1.
  • the second data packet 1 may be the next data packet to be sent by the terminal device, or may also be any data packet to be sent by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines to deactivate the UDC function of the first DRB.
  • the terminal device sends the first data packet 2 to the network device, and the network device receives the first data packet 2 from the terminal device.
  • the first data packet 2 includes first information, and the first information indicates that the UDC function of the first DRB is activated. This first information can be referred to as first information 2.
  • the first information 2 is carried in a data packet as an example.
  • the terminal device wants to send the first information multiple times, different first information can be carried in the same type of message, or can also be carried in different types of messages.
  • the first information 2 in S86 may also be carried in PDCP control PDU, or RLC control PDU, or MAC CE, and so on.
  • the first information 2 may also include indication information.
  • the indication information may be referred to as indication information 2.
  • the indication information 2 indicates the SN of the second data packet 2. It indicates that the first information indicates that the UDC function of the first DRB is deactivated from the second data packet 2.
  • the second data packet 2 may be the next data packet to be sent by the terminal device, or may also be any data packet to be sent by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device resets the pre-made dictionary of the first DRB.
  • the network device resets the pre-made dictionary of the first DRB.
  • the prefabricated dictionary corresponding to the first DRB may be reset.
  • the network device may reset the prefabricated dictionary corresponding to the first DRB after activating the data packet compression function of the first DRB, or after adopting the first processing method on the first DRB.
  • S87 can occur before S88, or S87 can occur after S88, or S87 and S88 can also occur at the same time.
  • Figure 8 takes S87 before S88 as an example.
  • the terminal device and the network device first activate the UDC function of the first DRB, and then deactivate the UDC function of the first DRB, which is equivalent to processing the first DRB twice.
  • the terminal device and the network device only need to reset the first one after one of the processing processes (the process shown in Figure 8 is after the deactivation process is completed as an example, in fact, the prefab dictionary can also be reset after the activation process is completed).
  • a prefabricated dictionary corresponding to DRB is sufficient. There is no need to reset the prefabricated dictionary after each processing process. It can ensure that the cache state of the terminal device and the cache state of the network device are consistent, and can reduce the work of the terminal device and the network device. quantity.
  • the first device can activate or deactivate the data packet compression function of a radio bearer. If the data packet compression function of a radio bearer is deactivated, the header of the data packet transmitted through the radio bearer is not Include compressed headers, which can save transmission resources. In other words, if the first device considers that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer does not need to be used, it does not need to turn off the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer, and only needs to deactivate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer. Can.
  • the radio bearer Even if the data packet compression function of a radio bearer is deactivated, the radio bearer still has the data packet compression function, that is, the configuration of the data packet compression function will not be removed with the deactivation operation. Therefore, if the data packet compression function of the radio bearer needs to be activated again after the data packet compression function of the radio bearer is deactivated, the data packet compression function of the radio bearer can be activated, without the need for the network device to reconfigure data for the radio bearer Package compression function. This reduces the configuration process of network equipment and also saves signaling overhead.
  • the radio bearer can be activated or deactivated in a targeted manner. Therefore, it will not affect other radios when only one radio bearer is operated. Bearer, reduce the burden of network equipment and terminal equipment, and can also try to ensure the normal communication of other wireless bearers.
  • the data packet compression function can be activated again when needed, and does not need to be activated when the radio bearer is configured.
  • the data packet compression function when the data packet compression function is configured, if the data packet compression function is not activated, the header of the data packet transmitted through the radio bearer will not include the information corresponding to the data packet compression function (For example, UDC header), in order to save transmission resources, deactivating the data packet compression function can also save the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the receiving end if the data packet compression function of a radio bearer is deactivated, the receiving end does not need to parse the UDC header when parsing the data packet transmitted through the radio bearer, thereby reducing the complexity of receiving.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 900 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication apparatus 900 is the first device 900, for example.
  • the first device 900 includes a processing module 910 and a transceiver module 920.
  • the first device 900 may be a terminal device, or may be a chip applied to a terminal device or other combination devices, components, etc. having the above-mentioned terminal device functions.
  • the transceiver module 920 may be a transceiver
  • the transceiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the processing module 910 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor.
  • the baseband processor may include one or more A central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU).
  • the transceiver module 920 may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 910 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor.
  • the transceiver module 920 may be an input/output interface of a chip (such as a baseband chip), and the processing module 910 may be a processor of the chip system, and may include one or more central processing units.
  • the processing module 910 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 920 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • the first device 900 may be a network device, or may be a chip applied in a network device or other combination devices, components, etc., having the functions of the foregoing network device.
  • the transceiver module 920 may be a transceiver
  • the transceiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the processing module 910 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor.
  • the baseband processor may include one or more CPUs.
  • the transceiver module 920 may be a radio frequency unit
  • the processing module 910 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor.
  • the transceiver module 920 may be an input/output interface of a chip (such as a baseband chip), and the processing module 910 may be a processor of the chip system, and may include one or more central processing units. It should be understood that the processing module 910 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 920 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • the processing module 910 may be used to perform all operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A, such as S41 and S46, and/or other operations used to support the technology described herein. process.
  • the transceiving module 920 may be used to perform all the transceiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A, such as S42, S43, and S45, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the processing module 910 may be used to perform all operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B, such as S46, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiving module 920 may be used to perform all the transceiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B, such as S44 and S45, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the processing module 910 may be used to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 except for the transceiving operations, such as S63, S65, and S67, and/or to support the operations described herein.
  • Other processes of technology may be used to perform all the transceiver operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, such as S61, S62, S64, and S66, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the processing module 910 may be used to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 except for the transceiving operations, such as S73, S75, and S77, and/or to support the operations described herein.
  • Other processes of technology may be used to perform all the transceiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, such as S71, S72, S74, and S78, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the processing module 910 may be used to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 except for the transceiving operations, such as S83, S85, and S87, and/or to support the operations described herein.
  • Other processes of technology may be used to perform all the transceiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, such as S81, S82, S84, and S86, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 920 may be a functional module that can perform both sending and receiving operations.
  • the transceiver module 920 may be used to execute the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A, the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B, and the All the sending operations and receiving operations performed by the terminal device in any one of the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, or the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the transceiver module 920 is a sending module, and when performing a receiving operation, the transceiver module 920 can be considered as a receiving module; alternatively, the transceiver module 920 can also be two functional modules, and the transceiver module 920 can be regarded as a combination of these two functional modules. Collectively, these two functional modules are the sending module and the receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to complete the sending operation.
  • the sending module can be used to execute the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A, the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B, and the embodiment shown in FIG. For all the sending operations performed by the terminal device in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 7, the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the receiving module is used to complete the receiving operation.
  • the receiving module can be used for In any one of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A, the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B, the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, or the embodiment shown in FIG. All receive operations performed.
  • the processing module 910 is configured to determine to use a first processing method to process the first radio bearer, where the first processing method is to activate or deactivate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer;
  • the transceiver module 920 is configured to send first information, where the first information is used to indicate the first processing mode.
  • Deactivating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer means that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from an activated state to a deactivated state; and/or,
  • Activating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer refers to that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from a deactivated state to an activated state;
  • the data packet of the first radio bearer in the activated state, includes a compressed header, and in the deactivated state, the data packet of the first radio bearer does not include a compressed header.
  • the first information is included in a control PDU, a MAC CE, or a first data packet.
  • control PDU is a PDCP control PDU or an RLC control PDU.
  • the first information is included in the first data packet, and the first information is indicated by one or more reserved bits in a header of the first data packet.
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet; or
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the header of the first data packet, and are not located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet.
  • the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet sent after the first information, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information is included in a first data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the second data packet, the first radio bearer is to be used.
  • the first treatment method or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet minus 1, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the next data packet of the second data packet,
  • the first radio bearer adopts the first processing method.
  • the processing module 910 is further configured to reset the prefabricated dictionary corresponding to the first radio bearer after activating or deactivating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer.
  • the dictionary is used to use the data packet compression function to compress data packets transmitted through the first radio bearer.
  • the transceiver module 920 is also used to:
  • Sending a first message the first message being used to indicate a first capability, the first capability being the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating the data packet compression function;
  • a second message is received, where the second message is used to configure that the first radio bearer can activate or deactivate a data packet compression function.
  • the second message is also used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an active state, or
  • the data compression function of the first radio bearer After receiving the second message, the data compression function of the first radio bearer is in a deactivated state, wherein the second message is not used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be an active state.
  • the transceiver module 920 is also used to receive the first message, so The first message is used to indicate the first capability, and the first capability is the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating the data packet compression function.
  • the first device 900 For other functions that can be implemented by the first device 900, refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A, the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B, the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, or the embodiment shown in FIG. The relevant introduction of the embodiment of, will not go into details.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1000 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication apparatus 1000 is, for example, the second device 1000.
  • the second device 1000 includes a processing module 1010 and a transceiver module 1020.
  • the second device 1000 may be a network device, or may be a chip applied in a network device, or other combination devices, components, etc. having the functions of the foregoing network device.
  • the transceiver module 1020 may be a transceiver
  • the transceiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the processing module 1010 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor.
  • the baseband processor may include one or more CPUs.
  • the transceiver module 1020 may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1010 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor.
  • the transceiver module 1020 may be an input/output interface of a chip (such as a baseband chip), and the processing module 1010 may be a processor of the chip system, and may include one or more central processing units.
  • the processing module 1010 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 1020 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • the second device 1000 may be a terminal device, or may be a chip applied in a terminal device, or other combination devices, components, etc. having the above-mentioned terminal device functions.
  • the transceiver module 1020 may be a transceiver
  • the transceiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the processing module 1010 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor.
  • the baseband processor may include one or more CPUs.
  • the transceiver module 1020 may be a radio frequency unit
  • the processing module 1010 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor.
  • the transceiver module 1020 may be an input/output interface of a chip (such as a baseband chip), and the processing module 1010 may be a processor of the chip system, and may include one or more central processing units. It should be understood that the processing module 1010 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 1020 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • the processing module 1010 may be used to perform all operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A, such as S47, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1020 may be used to perform all the transceiver operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A, such as S42, S43, and S45, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the processing module 1010 may be used to perform all operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B except for the transceiving operations, such as S41 and S47, and/or for supporting the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1020 may be used to perform all the transceiver operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B, such as S44 and S45, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the processing module 1010 may be used to perform all operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, such as S68, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1020 may be used to perform all the transceiver operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, such as S61, S62, S64, and S66, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the processing module 1010 may be used to perform all operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, such as S76, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1020 may be used to perform all the transceiver operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, such as S71, S72, S74, and S78, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the processing module 1010 may be used to perform all operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, such as S88, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1020 may be used to perform all the transceiver operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, such as S81, S82, S84, and S86, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • transceiver module 1020 for the implementation of the transceiver module 1020, reference may be made to the introduction of the implementation of the transceiver module 920.
  • the transceiver module 1020 is used to receive the first information
  • the processing module 1010 is configured to determine, according to the first information, to use a first processing method to process the first radio bearer, where the first processing method is to activate or deactivate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer.
  • Deactivating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer means that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from an activated state to a deactivated state; and/or,
  • Activating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer refers to that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from a deactivated state to an activated state;
  • the data packet of the first radio bearer in the activated state, includes a compressed header, and in the deactivated state, the data packet of the first radio bearer does not include a compressed header.
  • the first information is included in a control PDU, a MAC CE, or a first data packet.
  • control PDU is a PDCP control PDU or an RLC control PDU.
  • the first information is included in the first data packet, and the first information is indicated by one or more reserved bits in a header of the first data packet.
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet; or
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the header of the first data packet, and are not located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet.
  • the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet received after the first information, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information is included in a first data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the second data packet, the first radio bearer is to be used.
  • the first treatment method or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet minus 1, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the next data packet of the second data packet,
  • the first radio bearer adopts the first processing method.
  • the processing module 1010 is further configured to reset the prefabricated dictionary corresponding to the first radio bearer after activating or deactivating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer.
  • the dictionary is used to use the data packet compression function to compress data packets transmitted through the first radio bearer.
  • the transceiver module 1020 is also used to:
  • the first message being used to indicate a first capability, the first capability being the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating a data packet compression function
  • the second message is also used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an active state, or
  • the data compression function of the first radio bearer is in a deactivated state, wherein the second message is not used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an activated state.
  • the transceiver module 1020 is also used to send the first message,
  • the first message is used to indicate a first capability, and the first capability is a capability of dynamically activating or deactivating a data packet compression function.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, and the communication device may be a terminal device or a circuit.
  • the communication device can be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 11 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the structure of the terminal device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate.
  • the terminal device uses a mobile phone as an example.
  • the terminal equipment includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals.
  • the antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal devices may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 11 In an actual terminal device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device.
  • the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the antenna and radio frequency circuit with transceiving functions can be regarded as the transceiving unit of the terminal device (the transceiving unit can be a functional unit that can realize the sending and receiving functions; or the transceiving unit can also be It includes two functional units, namely a receiving unit capable of realizing the receiving function and a transmitting unit capable of realizing the transmitting function), and the processor with the processing function is regarded as the processing unit of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 1110 and a processing unit 1120.
  • the transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, and so on.
  • the processing unit may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and so on.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the receiving and sending unit 1110 can be regarded as the receiving unit
  • the device for implementing the sending function in the receiving and sending unit 1110 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the receiving and sending unit 1110 includes the receiving unit and the sending unit.
  • the transceiver unit may sometimes be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit.
  • the receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit.
  • the transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
  • the transceiving unit 1110 is used to perform the sending and receiving operations on the first device side in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 1120 is used to perform the above method embodiment except for the first device. Operations other than sending and receiving operations.
  • the transceiving unit 1110 is used to perform the sending and receiving operations on the second device side in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 1120 is used to perform the above method embodiment except for the receiving and sending operations on the second device. Operations other than operations.
  • the processing unit 1120 may be used to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A except for receiving and sending operations, such as S41 and S46, and/or for supporting Other processes of the technique described in this article.
  • the transceiving unit 1110 may be used to perform all the transceiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A, such as S42, S43, and S45, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the processing unit 1120 may be used to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B except for the transceiving operations, such as S46, and/or to support this Other processes of the described technique.
  • the transceiving unit 1110 may be used to perform all the transceiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B, such as S44 and S45, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the processing unit 1120 may be used to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 except for the transceiving operations, such as S63, S65, and S67, and/or Other processes used to support the technology described in this article.
  • the transceiving unit 1110 may be used to perform all the transceiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, such as S61, S62, S64, and S66, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the processing unit 1120 may be used to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 except for receiving and sending operations, such as S73, S75, and S77, and/or Other processes used to support the technology described in this article.
  • the transceiving unit 1110 may be used to perform all the transceiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, such as S71, S72, S74, and S78, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the processing unit 1120 may be used to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 except for the transceiving operations, such as S83, S85, and S87, and/or Other processes used to support the technology described in this article.
  • the transceiving unit 1110 may be used to perform all the transceiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, such as S81, S82, S84, and S86, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiving unit may be an input/output circuit and/or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit is an integrated processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit.
  • the device shown in FIG. 12 can be referred to.
  • the device can perform functions similar to the processing module 910 in FIG. 9.
  • the second device 1000 is a terminal device, the device can perform functions similar to the processing module 1010 in FIG. 10.
  • the device includes a processor 1210, a data sending processor 1220, and a data receiving processor 1230.
  • the processing module 910 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 1210 in FIG. 12 and complete corresponding functions; the transceiving module 920 in the foregoing embodiment may be the sending data processor 1220 in FIG. 12, and/or receiving data Processor 1230, and complete the corresponding functions.
  • the processing module 1010 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 1210 in FIG. 12 and complete corresponding functions; the transceiver module 1020 in the foregoing embodiment may be the sending data processor 1220 in FIG. 12, and/or Receive the data processor 1230 and complete the corresponding functions.
  • the channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 12, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of this embodiment, and are only illustrative.
  • the processing device 1300 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem.
  • the communication device in this embodiment can be used as the modulation subsystem therein.
  • the modulation subsystem may include a processor 1303 and an interface 1304. Wherein, if the first device 900 is a terminal device, the processor 1303 completes the function of the aforementioned processing module 910, and the interface 1304 completes the function of the aforementioned transceiver module 920. Or, if the second device 1000 is a terminal device, the processor 1303 completes the function of the aforementioned processing module 1010, and the interface 1304 completes the function of the aforementioned transceiver module 1020.
  • the modulation subsystem includes a memory 1306, a processor 1303, and a program stored in the memory 1306 and running on the processor.
  • the processor 1303 executes the program, the terminal device side in the above method embodiment is implemented.
  • Methods It should be noted that the memory 1306 can be non-volatile or volatile, and its location can be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 1300, as long as the memory 1306 can be connected to the The processor 1303 is fine.
  • the device 1400 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1410 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units, DU) 1420 .
  • RRU remote radio unit
  • BBU baseband units
  • the RRU 1410 may be referred to as a transceiver module, and the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, or the transceiver module may be a module capable of implementing sending and receiving functions.
  • the transceiving module may correspond to the transceiving module 920 in FIG. 9.
  • the transceiving module may correspond to the transceiving module 1020 in FIG. 10.
  • the transceiver module may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 1411 and a radio frequency unit 1412.
  • the RRU 1410 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion between radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending instruction information to terminal equipment.
  • the 1420 part of the BBU is mainly used to perform baseband processing, control the base station, and so on.
  • the RRU 1410 and the BBU 1420 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU 1420 is the control center of the base station, and may also be called a processing module. If the first device 900 is a network device, the processing module may correspond to the processing module 910 in FIG. 9 or, if the second device 1000 is a network device, Device, the processing module can correspond to the processing module 1010 in FIG. 10, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, spread spectrum, and so on.
  • the BBU processing module
  • the BBU may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, to generate the foregoing indication information.
  • the BBU 1420 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a radio access network with a single access standard (such as an LTE network), or support different access standards. Wireless access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks).
  • the BBU 1420 also includes a memory 1421 and a processor 1422.
  • the memory 1421 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the processor 1422 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 1421 and the processor 1422 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication system.
  • the communication system may include the first device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A and the second device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A. Or, it includes the first device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B and the second device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B.
  • the first device is, for example, the first device 900 in FIG. 9.
  • the second device is, for example, the second device 1000 in FIG. 10.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method shown in FIG. 4A provided by the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the process related to the first device in the embodiment is not limited to a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method shown in FIG. 4A provided by the foregoing method embodiment. The process related to the second device in the embodiment.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program.
  • the computer program When the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method shown in FIG. 4B provided by the foregoing method embodiment. The process related to the first device in the embodiment.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium, which is used to store a computer program.
  • the computer program When the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method shown in FIG. 4B provided by the foregoing method embodiment. The process related to the second device in the embodiment.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program.
  • the computer program When executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method shown in FIG. 6 provided by the above-mentioned method embodiment. The process related to the first device in the embodiment.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method shown in FIG. 6 provided by the foregoing method embodiment. The process related to the second device in the embodiment.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program.
  • the computer program When executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method shown in FIG. 7 provided by the foregoing method embodiment. The process related to the first device in the embodiment.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method shown in FIG. 7 provided by the foregoing method embodiment. The process related to the second device in the embodiment.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method shown in FIG. 8 provided by the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the process related to the first device in the embodiment is not limited to a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program.
  • the computer program When the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method shown in FIG. 8 provided by the above-mentioned method embodiment. The process related to the second device in the embodiment.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A provided by the above method embodiment The process related to the first device.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A provided by the above method embodiment The process related to the second device.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which is used to store a computer program.
  • the computer program When the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement The process related to the first device.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which is used to store a computer program.
  • the computer program When the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement The process related to the second device.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 provided by the above method embodiment The process related to the first device.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 provided by the above method embodiment The process related to the second device.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 provided by the above method embodiment The process related to the first device.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 provided by the above method embodiment The process related to the second device.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 provided by the above method embodiment The process related to the first device.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 provided by the above method embodiment The process related to the second device.
  • processors mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a CPU, or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), ready-made Field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic RAM
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory serial DRAM, SLDRAM
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware component
  • the memory storage module
  • the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not correspond to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer.
  • computer-readable media can include random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), and electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable read-only memory).
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • CD-ROM compact disc read-only memory
  • USB flash disk universal serial bus flash disk
  • mobile hard disk or other optical disk storage
  • disk storage A medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer.
  • Embodiment 1 A communication method, including:
  • Determining to process the first radio bearer using a first processing method where the first processing method is activating or deactivating a data packet compression function of the first radio bearer
  • Embodiment 2 According to the method described in embodiment 1,
  • Deactivating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer means that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from an activated state to a deactivated state; and/or,
  • Activating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer refers to that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from a deactivated state to an activated state;
  • the data packet of the first radio bearer in the activated state, includes a compressed header, and in the deactivated state, the data packet of the first radio bearer does not include a compressed header.
  • Embodiment 3 According to the method of embodiment 1 or 2, the first information is included in a control PDU, a MAC CE, or a first data packet.
  • control PDU is a PDCP control PDU or an RLC control PDU.
  • Embodiment 5 According to the method of embodiment 3, the first information is included in the first data packet, and the first information passes through one or more reservations in the header of the first data packet Bit indication.
  • Embodiment 6 According to the method described in embodiment 5,
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet; or
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the header of the first data packet, and are not located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet.
  • Embodiment 7 According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 6,
  • the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet sent after the first information, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information is included in a first data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the second data packet, the first radio bearer is to be used.
  • the first treatment method or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet minus 1, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the next data packet of the second data packet,
  • the first radio bearer adopts the first processing method.
  • Embodiment 8 The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 7, further comprising:
  • the prefabricated dictionary corresponding to the first radio bearer is reset.
  • a data packet transmitted by a radio bearer is compressed.
  • Embodiment 9 The method according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 8, the method further comprising:
  • Sending a first message the first message being used to indicate a first capability, the first capability being the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating the data packet compression function;
  • Embodiment 10 According to the method described in embodiment 9,
  • the second message is also used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an active state, or
  • the data compression function of the first radio bearer After receiving the second message, the data compression function of the first radio bearer is in a deactivated state, wherein the second message is not used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an activated state.
  • Embodiment 11 The method according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 8, the method further comprising:
  • a first message is received, where the first message is used to indicate a first capability, and the first capability is a capability of dynamically activating or deactivating a data packet compression function.
  • Embodiment 12 A communication method, including:
  • the first radio bearer is processed by a first processing method, where the first processing method is activating or deactivating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer.
  • Embodiment 13 According to the method described in embodiment 12,
  • Deactivating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer means that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from an activated state to a deactivated state; and/or,
  • Activating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer refers to that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from a deactivated state to an activated state;
  • the data packet of the first radio bearer in the activated state, includes a compressed header, and in the deactivated state, the data packet of the first radio bearer does not include a compressed header.
  • Embodiment 14 According to the method of embodiment 12 or 13, the first information is included in a control PDU, a MAC CE, or a first data packet.
  • control PDU is a PDCP control PDU or an RLC control PDU.
  • Embodiment 16 According to the method of embodiment 14, the first information is included in the first data packet, and the first information passes through one or more reservations in the header of the first data packet. Bit indication.
  • Embodiment 17 According to the method described in embodiment 16,
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet; or
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the header of the first data packet, and are not located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet.
  • Embodiment 18 According to the method of any one of Embodiments 12 to 17,
  • the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet received after the first information, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information is included in a first data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the second data packet, the first radio bearer is to be used.
  • the first treatment method or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet minus 1, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the next data packet of the second data packet,
  • the first radio bearer adopts the first processing method.
  • Embodiment 19 The method according to any one of Embodiments 12 to 18, further comprising:
  • the prefabricated dictionary corresponding to the first radio bearer is reset.
  • a data packet transmitted by a radio bearer is compressed.
  • Embodiment 20 The method according to any one of Embodiments 12 to 19, further comprising:
  • the first message being used to indicate a first capability, the first capability being the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating a data packet compression function
  • Embodiment 21 According to the method described in embodiment 20,
  • the second message is also used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an active state, or
  • the data compression function of the first radio bearer is in a deactivated state, wherein the second message is not used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an activated state.
  • Embodiment 22 The method according to any one of Embodiments 12 to 19, further comprising:
  • Send a first message where the first message is used to indicate a first capability, and the first capability is the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating the data packet compression function.
  • a communication device including:
  • a processing module configured to determine to use a first processing method to process the first radio bearer, where the first processing method is to activate or deactivate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer;
  • the transceiver module is configured to send first information, and the first information is used to indicate the first processing mode.
  • Embodiment 24 The communication device according to embodiment 23,
  • Deactivating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer means that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from an activated state to a deactivated state; and/or,
  • Activating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer refers to that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from a deactivated state to an activated state;
  • the data packet of the first radio bearer in the activated state, includes a compressed header, and in the deactivated state, the data packet of the first radio bearer does not include a compressed header.
  • Embodiment 25 In the communication device according to embodiment 23 or 24, the first information is included in a control PDU, a MAC CE, or a first data packet.
  • control PDU is a PDCP control PDU or an RLC control PDU.
  • Embodiment 27 The communication device according to embodiment 25, wherein the first information is included in the first data packet, and the first information passes through one or more presets in the header of the first data packet. Leave a bit to indicate.
  • Embodiment 28 The communication device according to embodiment 27,
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet; or
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the header of the first data packet, and are not located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet.
  • Embodiment 29 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 23-28,
  • the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet sent after the first information, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information is included in a first data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the second data packet, the first radio bearer is to be used.
  • the first treatment method or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet minus 1, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the next data packet of the second data packet,
  • the first radio bearer adopts the first processing method.
  • Embodiment 30 According to the communication device according to any one of embodiments 23 to 29, the processing module is further configured to reset the first radio bearer after activating or deactivating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer.
  • a prefabricated dictionary corresponding to a radio bearer where the prefabricated dictionary is used to use the data packet compression function to compress data packets transmitted through the first radio bearer.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to:
  • Sending a first message the first message being used to indicate a first capability, the first capability being the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating the data packet compression function;
  • a second message is received, where the second message is used to configure that the first radio bearer can activate or deactivate a data packet compression function.
  • Embodiment 32 The communication device according to embodiment 31,
  • the second message is also used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an active state, or
  • the data compression function of the first radio bearer After receiving the second message, the data compression function of the first radio bearer is in a deactivated state, wherein the second message is not used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an activated state.
  • Embodiment 33 The communication device according to any one of claims 23 to 30, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to receive a first message, where the first message is used to indicate a first capability, and the first capability is The ability to dynamically activate or deactivate the packet compression function.
  • a communication device including:
  • a transceiver module for receiving the first information
  • the processing module is configured to determine, according to the first information, to use a first processing method for processing the first radio bearer, where the first processing method is to activate or deactivate the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer.
  • Embodiment 35 The communication device according to embodiment 34,
  • Deactivating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer means that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from an activated state to a deactivated state; and/or,
  • Activating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer refers to that the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer changes from a deactivated state to an activated state;
  • the data packet of the first radio bearer in the activated state, includes a compressed header, and in the deactivated state, the data packet of the first radio bearer does not include a compressed header.
  • Embodiment 36 The communication device according to claim 34 or 35, wherein the first information is included in a control PDU, a MAC CE, or a first data packet.
  • control PDU is a PDCP control PDU or an RLC control PDU.
  • Embodiment 38 The communication device according to embodiment 36, wherein the first information is included in the first data packet, and the first information passes through one or more presets in the header of the first data packet. Leave a bit to indicate.
  • Embodiment 39 The communication device according to embodiment 38,
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet; or
  • the one or more reserved bits are located in the header of the first data packet, and are not located in the compressed header included in the header of the first data packet.
  • Embodiment 40 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 34 to 39,
  • the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet received after the first information, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information is included in a first data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that, starting from the first data packet, the first processing method is adopted for the first radio bearer; or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the second data packet, the first radio bearer is to be used.
  • the first treatment method or,
  • the first information further includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the sequence number of the second data packet minus 1, and the first information is used to indicate that starting from the next data packet of the second data packet,
  • the first radio bearer adopts the first processing method.
  • Embodiment 41 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 34 to 40, the processing module is further configured to reset the first radio bearer after activating or deactivating the data packet compression function of the first radio bearer A prefabricated dictionary corresponding to a radio bearer, where the prefabricated dictionary is used to use the data packet compression function to compress data packets transmitted through the first radio bearer.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to:
  • the first message being used to indicate a first capability, the first capability being the capability of dynamically activating or deactivating a data packet compression function
  • Embodiment 43 The communication device according to embodiment 42,
  • the second message is also used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an active state, or
  • the data compression function of the first radio bearer is in a deactivated state, wherein the second message is not used to configure the data compression function of the first radio bearer to be in an activated state.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send a first message, where the first message is used to indicate a first capability, and the first capability is The ability to dynamically activate or deactivate the packet compression function.
  • Embodiment 45 A communication device, wherein the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, and the processor and the transceiver are coupled and capable of performing as described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 11. The method described above, or execute the method described in any one of Embodiment 12 to Embodiment 22.
  • Embodiment 46 A chip that includes a processor.
  • the processor executes instructions, it can implement the method described in any one of the foregoing Embodiments 1 to 11, or can implement the method as described in Embodiment 12.
  • the instruction can come from the internal memory of the chip or the external memory of the chip.
  • the chip also includes an input and output circuit.
  • the input/output circuit includes, for example, a communication interface.
  • Embodiment 47 A communication system, wherein the communication system includes the communication device described in any one of Embodiments 23 to 33, and includes any one of Embodiments 34 to 44 The communication device described in the embodiment.
  • Embodiment 48 A computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute as described in Embodiments 1 to The method described in any one of the embodiments in 11, or the method described in any one of the embodiments 12 to 22 is executed.
  • Embodiment 49 A computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the computer program as described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 11.
  • the method described above, or the method described in any one of Embodiment 12 to Embodiment 22 can be implemented.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请涉及一种通信方法及装置。第一设备确定对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式进行处理，第一处理方式为激活或去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能。之后，第一设备发送第一信息，第一信息用于指示第一处理方式。在本申请实施例中，第一设备可以通过发送第一信息来指示激活或去激活数据包压缩功能，相当于，可以对数据包压缩功能进行去激活，例如第一设备认为对一个无线承载无需采用数据包压缩功能时，可以去激活该无线承载的数据包压缩功能，这样通过该无线承载传输的数据包的包头就不会再包括对应于数据包压缩功能的信息，以节省传输资源，对于接收端来说也能降低接收复杂度。

Description

一种通信方法及装置
相关申请的交叉引用
本申请要求在2020年02月21日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202010107913.9、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。
背景技术
在长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统的确认模式(acknowledged mode，AM)传输中，引入了上行数据压缩(uplink data compression，UDC)技术，在分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层进行实现。UDC技术主要针对某些有大量重复内容的数据包，如LTE网络语音业务(voice over long term evolution，VoLTE)中传输会话发起协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)的数据包，通过传输数据包与数据包之间的差异部分，来降低需要传输的数据量。
对于终端设备来说，某个数据无线承载(data radio bearer，DRB)是否需要激活UDC功能，是由网络设备配置的。由于网络设备并不知道终端设备的上行数据是否需要进行UDC，因此网络设备在为终端设备配置DRB时，都会直接配置该DRB激活UDC功能。对于一个DRB来说，在激活UDC功能后，通过该DRB传输的数据包的包头就会包括1个字节(byte)的UDC头。而是否要采用UDC技术对数据包进行压缩，取决于终端设备，有可能终端设备认为无需压缩数据包，例如在UDC配置的起始阶段，或某些数据包不会产生压缩增益等情况下，终端设备可能不会对数据包进行压缩。但即使终端设备不对数据包进行压缩，由于DRB被配置了激活UDC功能，在终端设备所发送的数据包的包头内，也会携带UDC头，这造成了传输资源的浪费。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置，用于节省传输资源。
第一方面，提供第一种通信方法，该方法包括：确定对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式进行处理，所述第一处理方式为激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能；发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述第一处理方式。
该方法可由第一通信装置执行，第一通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片。示例性地，所述第一通信装置为第一设备，或者为设置在第一设备中的用于实现第一设备的功能的芯片，或者为用于实现第一设备的功能的其他部件。第一设备例如为终端设备，或者为网络设备。在下文的介绍过程中，以第一通信装置是第一设备为例。
在本申请实施例中，可以激活或去激活数据包压缩功能，如果一个无线承载的数据包 压缩功能被去激活，则通过该无线承载传输的数据包的包头就不再包括压缩包头，这样可以节省传输资源。也就是说，如果第一设备认为对于第一无线承载不需要使用数据包压缩功能，则无需关闭第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，只需将第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能去激活即可。而即使一个无线承载的数据包压缩功能被去激活，该无线承载依然是被配置了数据包压缩功能，即，数据包压缩功能的配置并不会随着去激活的操作而被去除。因此，如果在去激活该无线承载的数据包压缩功能后需要再次激活该无线承载的数据包压缩功能，则激活该无线承载的数据包压缩功能即可，无需网络设备重新为该无线承载配置数据包压缩功能。这减少了网络设备的配置过程，也节省了信令开销。而且要激活或去激活无线承载的数据包压缩功能，也无需再执行小区内切换流程，简化了去激活数据包压缩功能的过程，减少了所需的时间，提高了效率。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，
去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由激活状态变为去激活状态；和/或，
激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由去激活状态变为激活状态；
其中，在所述激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中包括压缩包头，在所述去激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中不包括压缩包头。
在本申请实施例中，无线承载的数据包压缩功能可以被激活，也可以被去激活，从而可以在需要使用数据包压缩功能时再激活数据包压缩功能，而在无需使用数据包压缩功能时可以去激活数据包压缩功能，这样通过该无线承载传输的数据包的包头就不会再包括对应于数据包压缩功能的信息，以节省传输资源。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信息包括在控制PDU、MAC CE、或第一数据包中。
例如，第一信息通过控制PDU发送，该控制PDU可以是一个新引入的控制PDU，也可以复用现有的控制PDU。或者，第一信息通过MAC CE发送，该控制PDU可以是一个新引入的MAC CE，也可以复用现有的MAC CE。在控制PDU或MAC CE中可以包括指示域，该指示域用于承载或携带第一信息，或者说，该指示域用于指示第一信息。该指示域可以是在控制PDU或MAC CE中新增的域，或者也可以利用控制PDU或MAC CE中的预留位作为该指示域。通过控制PDU或MAC CE来指示第一处理方式，可以使得指示较为明确。或者，第一信息也可以包括在数据包中，例如将包括第一信息的数据包称为第一数据包，第一数据包可以是第一设备向第二设备发送的任意一个数据包。即，通过发送第一数据包就可以发送第一信息，这样无需再通过额外的消息向第二设备发送第一信息，有助于节省信令开销。
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述控制PDU为PDCP控制PDU或RLC控制PDU。
这里只是举例，除此之外，控制PDU也可以是其他可能的控制PDU。
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信息包括在所述第一数据包中，所述第一信息通过所述第一数据包的包头内的一个或多个预留比特指示。
如果第一信息包括在第一数据包中，那么作为第一数据包承载第一信息的一种方式， 第一信息可以占用第一数据包的包头内的一个或多个预留比特，或者说，第一数据包的包头内的一个或多个预留比特可以指示第一信息。这样第一信息无需占用第一数据包的载荷的位置，第一数据包的载荷部分可以正常承载数据，减小对数据传输的影响。而且接收端通过解析第一数据包的包头就可以获得第一信息，从而能够较快地知晓第一处理方式。
结合第一方面的第四种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内；或
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头内，且不位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内。
以数据包压缩功能是UDC功能为例，用于指示第一信息的一个或多个预留比特，可以位于第一数据包的包头所包括的UDC头内，或者也可以位于第一数据包的包头内、但位于该包头所包括的UDC头外。究竟是通过压缩包头内的预留比特指示第一信息，还是通过压缩包头外的预留比特指示第一信息，可以与数据包的SN的长度有关，或者说，与预留比特所在的位置有关。
例如，如果压缩包头内包括预留比特，压缩包头外也包括预留比特，则既可以通过压缩包头内的预留比特指示第一信息，也可以通过压缩包头外的预留比特指示第一信息；或者，如果压缩包头内包括预留比特，压缩包头外不包括预留比特，则通过压缩包头内的预留比特指示第一信息；或者，如果压缩包头内不包括预留比特，压缩包头外包括预留比特，则通过压缩包头外的预留比特指示第一信息。
或者，究竟是通过压缩包头内的预留比特指示第一信息，还是通过压缩包头外的预留比特指示第一信息，还可以与当前第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是否处于激活状态有关。如果当前第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能处于激活状态，则在第一设备通过第一无线承载所发送的第一数据包的包头中就会包括压缩包头，在这种情况下，可以通过压缩包头内的预留比特来指示第一信息，或者也可以通过位于第一数据包的包头内、但位于该包头所包括的压缩包头外的预留比特来指示第一信息。而如果当前第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能处于去激活状态，则在第一设备通过第一无线承载所发送的第一数据包的包头中就不包括压缩包头，在这种情况下，无法通过压缩包头内的预留比特来指示第一信息，因此可以选择通过位于第一数据包的包头内、但位于该包头所包括的压缩包头外的预留比特来指示第一信息。可见，指示第一信息的方式是较为灵活的。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第一方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的任意一种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，
所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一信息之后发送的第一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息包括在第一数据包中，所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号减1，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包的下一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式。
第一信息可以包括指示信息，该指示信息可以指示第二数据包，或者说是指示第二数 据包的序号，这种情况可以理解为，第一信息指示，从第二数据包开始，对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式。例如，该指示信息可以包括第二数据包的序号，从而通过该指示信息就可以指示第二数据包的序号。或者，该指示信息可以指示第二数据包的序号减1，这种情况可以理解为，第一信息指示，从第二数据包的下一个数据包开始，对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式。例如，该指示信息可以包括第二数据包的序号减1的值，从而通过该指示信息就可以指示第二数据包的序号减1。在第一信息中包括指示信息，这种指示方式对于第一设备和第二设备来说都较为明确，使得指示更为准确。另外，如果第一信息中包括指示信息，第一信息可以包括在控制PDU、MAC CE或第一数据包中。
或者，第一信息也可以不包括指示信息。例如第一信息可以指示，从第一信息之后发送的第一个数据包开始，对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式。在这种情况下，第一信息可以包括在控制PDU、MAC CE或第一数据包中。那么对于接收第一信息的第二设备来说就可以明确，从第一信息之后接收的第一个数据包开始，对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式。例如第一信息承载在控制PDU或MAC CE中，则第一信息可以指示，从该控制PDU或MAC CE之后发送的第一个数据包开始，对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式；又例如，第一信息承载在第一数据包中，则第一信息可以指示，从该第一数据包之后发送的第一个数据包(需注意的是，第一数据包和第一个数据包不是同一概念，第一数据包是指某个数据包，第一个数据包是指从某个时刻之后所传输的第一个数据包)开始，对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式。在这种方式下，第一信息无需包括过多的信息，有助于节省信令开销。
或者，第一信息也可以不包括指示信息。例如第一信息包括在第一数据包中，则第一信息可以指示，从第一信息之后发送的第一个数据包开始(或者说，从第一数据包的下一个数据包开始)，对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式；或者，第一信息可以指示，从第一数据包开始，对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式。在这种方式下，第一信息所在的第一数据包也可以完成一部分指示功能，第一信息无需包括过多的信息，有助于节省信令开销。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第一方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任意一种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：
在激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后，重置所述第一无线承载对应的预制字典，所述预制字典用于采用所述数据包压缩功能，对通过所述第一无线承载传输的数据包进行压缩。
例如在激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后重置预制字典，相当于在开始使用数据包压缩功能时即重置预制字典，使得第一设备的缓存状态和第二设备的缓存状态达到一致，提高对数据包压缩和解压缩的成功率。又例如，在去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后重置预制字典，则在再次激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后就可以无需再次重置预制字典，使得在激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后可以尽快进行数据包传输。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第一方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任意一种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：
发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力；
接收第二消息，所述第二消息用于配置所述第一无线承载能够激活或去激活数据包压 缩功能。
如果第一设备(即，发送第一信息的设备)为终端设备，第二设备(即，接收第一信息的设备)为网络设备，则作为一种可选的实施方式，终端设备可以向网络设备发送第一消息，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一消息。第一消息可以指示第一能力，第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力。例如数据包压缩功能为UDC功能，则第一能力为动态激活或去激活UDC功能的能力。进一步可选的，第一能力还可以包括终端设备支持动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的无线承载的个数。网络设备根据第一能力就可以确定终端设备是否支持动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能，可选的，网络设备根据第一能力还可以确定该终端设备能够支持的动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的无线承载的个数。
之后，网络设备可以向终端设备发送第二消息，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二消息，第二消息可以配置第一无线承载使用第一能力，或者说，第二消息可以为第一无线承载配置第一能力，或者说，第二消息可以配置第一无线承载能够动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能。如果终端设备支持第一能力，那么对于终端设备的无线承载，网络设备可以配置这些无线承载中的全部或部分无线承载采用第一能力，第一无线承载例如为终端设备对应的其中一个无线承载。终端设备接收第二消息后就可以确定第一无线承载能够使用第一能力，从而终端设备就可以激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，也可以去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能。
结合第一方面的第八种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第九种可能的实施方式中，
所述第二消息还用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态，或
在接收所述第二消息后，所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为去激活状态，其中，所述第二消息不用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态。
第二消息还可以配置第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能为激活状态，或者，第二消息还可以配置第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能为去激活状态。也就是说，第二消息除了可以配置第一无线承载能够使用第一能力之外，还可以配置第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能的初始状态为激活状态或去激活状态，这样可以无需再通过其他信令来配置第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能为激活状态或去激活状态，有助于节省信令开销。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第一方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任意一种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第十种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：
接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力。
如果第二设备(即，接收第一信息的设备)为终端设备，第一设备(即，发送第一信息的设备)为网络设备，则作为一种可选的实施方式，终端设备可以向网络设备发送第一消息，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一消息。第一消息可以指示第一能力，第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力。例如数据包压缩功能为UDC功能，则第一能力为动态激活或去激活UDC功能的能力。网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一消息后就可以确定该终端设备对应的无线承载能够使用第一能力，从而网络设备就可以激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，也可以去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能。
第二方面，提供第二种通信方法，该方法包括：接收第一信息；根据所述第一信息， 确定对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式进行处理，所述第一处理方式为激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能。
该方法可由第二通信装置执行，第二通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片。示例性地，所述第二通信装置为第二设备，或者为设置在第二设备中的用于实现第二设备的功能的芯片，或者为用于实现第二设备的功能的其他部件。第二设备例如为终端设备，或者为网络设备。在下文的介绍过程中，以第二通信装置是第二设备为例。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，
去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由激活状态变为去激活状态；和/或，
激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由去激活状态变为激活状态；
其中，在所述激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中包括压缩包头，在所述去激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中不包括压缩包头。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信息包括在控制PDU、MAC CE、或第一数据包中。
结合第二方面的第二种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述控制PDU为PDCP控制PDU或RLC控制PDU。
结合第二方面的第二种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信息包括在所述第一数据包中，所述第一信息通过所述第一数据包的包头内的一个或多个预留比特指示。
结合第二方面的第四种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内；或
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头内，且不位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第二方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的任意一种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，
所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一信息之后接收的第一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息包括在第一数据包中，所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号减1，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包的下一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第二方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任意一种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：
在激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后，重置所述第一无线承载对应 的预制字典，所述预制字典用于采用所述数据包压缩功能，对通过所述第一无线承载传输的数据包进行压缩。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第二方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任意一种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：
接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力；
发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于配置所述第一无线承载能够激活或去激活数据包压缩功能。
结合第二方面的第八种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第九种可能的实施方式中，
所述第二消息还用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态，或
在发送所述第二消息后，所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为去激活状态，其中，所述第二消息不用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第二方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任意一种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第十种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：
发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力。
关于第二方面或第二方面的各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第一方面或第一方面的各相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
第三方面，提供一种通信装置，例如该通信装置为如前所述的第一通信装置。所述第一通信装置用于执行上述第一方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法。具体地，所述第一通信装置可以包括用于执行第一方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地，收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块，发送模块和接收模块可以是不同的功能模块，或者也可以是同一个功能模块，但能够实现不同的功能。示例性地，所述第一通信装置为通信设备，或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性地，所述通信设备为第一设备。第一设备例如为终端设备，或者为网络设备。下面以第一通信装置是第一设备为例。例如，所述收发模块也可以通过收发器实现，所述处理模块也可以通过处理器实现。或者，发送模块可以通过发送器实现，接收模块可以通过接收器实现，发送器和接收器可以是不同的功能模块，或者也可以是同一个功能模块，但能够实现不同的功能。如果第一通信装置为通信设备，收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者，如果第一通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么收发器(或，发送器和接收器)例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。在第三方面的介绍过程中，继续以所述第一通信装置是第一设备，以及，以所述处理模块和所述收发模块为例进行介绍。其中，
所述处理模块，用于确定对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式进行处理，所述第一处理方式为激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能；
所述收发模块，用于发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述第一处理方式。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，
去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功 能由激活状态变为去激活状态；和/或，
激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由去激活状态变为激活状态；
其中，在所述激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中包括压缩包头，在所述去激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中不包括压缩包头。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信息包括在控制PDU、MAC CE、或第一数据包中。
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述控制PDU为PDCP控制PDU或RLC控制PDU。
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信息包括在所述第一数据包中，所述第一信息通过所述第一数据包的包头内的一个或多个预留比特指示。
结合第三方面的第四种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内；或
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头内，且不位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第三方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的任意一种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，
所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一信息之后发送的第一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息包括在第一数据包中，所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号减1，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包的下一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第三方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任意一种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述处理模块，还用于在激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后，重置所述第一无线承载对应的预制字典，所述预制字典用于采用所述数据包压缩功能，对通过所述第一无线承载传输的数据包进行压缩。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第三方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任意一种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，如果所述第一设备是终端设备，第二设备(即，接收第一信息的设备)是网络设备，那么，所述收发模块还用于：
发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力；
接收第二消息，所述第二消息用于配置所述第一无线承载能够激活或去激活数据包压缩功能。
结合第三方面的第八种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第九种可能的实施方式中，
所述第二消息还用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态，或
在接收所述第二消息后，所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为去激活状态，其中，所述第二消息不用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第三方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任意一种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第十种可能的实施方式中，如果所述第一设备是网络设备，第二设备(即，接收第一信息的设备)是终端设备，那么，所述收发模块，还用于接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力。
关于第三方面或第三方面的各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第一方面或第一方面的相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
第四方面，提供一种通信装置，例如该通信装置为如前所述的第二通信装置。所述第二通信装置用于执行上述第二方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法。具体地，所述第二通信装置可以包括用于执行第二方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地，收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块，发送模块和接收模块可以是不同的功能模块，或者也可以是同一个功能模块，但能够实现不同的功能。示例性地，所述第二通信装置为通信设备，或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性地，所述通信设备为第二设备。第二设备例如为网络设备，或者为终端设备。下面以第二通信装置是第二设备为例。例如，所述收发模块也可以通过收发器实现，所述处理模块也可以通过处理器实现。或者，发送模块可以通过发送器实现，接收模块可以通过接收器实现，发送器和接收器可以是不同的功能模块，或者也可以是同一个功能模块，但能够实现不同的功能。如果第二通信装置为通信设备，收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者，如果第二通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么收发器(或，发送器和接收器)例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。在第四方面的介绍过程中，继续以所述第二通信装置是第二设备，以及，以所述处理模块和所述收发模块为例进行介绍。其中，
所述收发模块，用于接收第一信息；
所述处理模块，用于根据所述第一信息，确定对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式进行处理，所述第一处理方式为激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，
去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由激活状态变为去激活状态；和/或，
激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由去激活状态变为激活状态；
其中，在所述激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中包括压缩包头，在所述去激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中不包括压缩包头。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信息包括在控制PDU、MAC CE、或第一数据包中。
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述控制PDU为PDCP控制PDU或RLC控制PDU。
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信息包括在所述第一数据包中，所述第一信息通过所述第一数据包的包头内的一个或多个预留比特指示。
结合第四方面的第四种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内；或
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头内，且不位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内。
结合第四方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第四方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的任意一种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，
所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一信息之后接收的第一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息包括在第一数据包中，所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号减1，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包的下一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式。
结合第四方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第四方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任意一种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述处理模块，还用于在激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后，重置所述第一无线承载对应的预制字典，所述预制字典用于采用所述数据包压缩功能，对通过所述第一无线承载传输的数据包进行压缩。
结合第四方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第四方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任意一种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，如果第一设备(即，发送第一信息的设备)是终端设备，所述第二设备是网络设备，所述收发模块还用于：
接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力；
发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于配置所述第一无线承载能够激活或去激活数据包压缩功能。
结合第四方面的第八种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第九种可能的实施方式中，
所述第二消息还用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态，或
在发送所述第二消息后，所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为去激活状态，其中，所述第二消息不用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态。
结合第四方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第四方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任意一种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第十种可能的实施方式中，如果第一设备(即，发送第一信息的设备)是网络设备，所述第二设备是终端设备，所述收发模块，还用于发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力。
关于第四方面或第四方面的各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第二 方面或第而方面的相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
第五方面，提供一种通信装置，该通信装置例如为如前所述的第一通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和通信接口，通信接口可用于与其他装置或设备进行通信。可选的，该通信装置还可以包括存储器，用于存储计算机指令。处理器和存储器相互耦合，用于实现上述第一方面或各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。或者，第一通信装置也可以不包括存储器，存储器可以位于第一通信装置外部。处理器、存储器和通信接口相互耦合，用于实现上述第一方面或各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。例如，当处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机指令时，使第一通信装置执行上述第一方面或任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。示例性地，所述第一通信装置为通信设备，或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性的，所述通信设备为终端设备，或为网络设备。
其中，如果第一通信装置为通信设备，通信接口例如通过所述通信设备中的收发器(或者，发送器和接收器)实现，例如所述收发器通过所述通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者，如果第一通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么通信接口例如为芯片的输入/输出接口，例如输入/输出管脚等，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。
第六方面，提供一种通信装置，该通信装置例如为如前所述的第二通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和通信接口，通信接口可用于与其他装置或设备进行通信。可选的，该通信装置还可以包括存储器，用于存储计算机指令。处理器和存储器相互耦合，用于实现上述第二方面或各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。或者，第二通信装置也可以不包括存储器，存储器可以位于第二通信装置外部。处理器、存储器和通信接口相互耦合，用于实现上述第二方面或各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。例如，当处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机指令时，使第二通信装置执行上述第二方面或任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。示例性地，所述第二通信装置为通信设备，或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性的，所述通信设备为网络设备，或为终端设备。
其中，如果第二通信装置为通信设备，通信接口例如通过所述通信设备中的收发器(或者，发送器和接收器)实现，例如所述收发器通过所述通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者，如果第二通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么通信接口例如为芯片的输入/输出接口，例如输入/输出管脚等，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。
第七方面，提供一种通信系统，该通信系统包括第三方面所述的通信装置或第五方面所述的通信装置，以及包括第四方面所述的通信装置或第六方面所述的通信装置。
第八方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行上述第一方面或任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。
第九方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行上述第二方面或任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。
第十方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行上述第一方面或的任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。
第十一方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行上述第二方面或的任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。
在本申请实施例中，可以对数据包压缩功能进行去激活，例如发送端认为对一个无线承载无需采用数据包压缩功能时，可以去激活该无线承载的数据包压缩功能，这样通过该无线承载传输的数据包的包头就不会再包括对应于数据包压缩功能的信息，以节省传输资源。
附图说明
图1为UDC技术的一种示意图；
图2A为数据包的包头的一种示意图；
图2B为数据包的包头的另一种示意图；
图3A为本申请实施例的一种应用场景示意图；
图3B为本申请实施例的另一种应用场景示意图；
图4A为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的一种流程图；
图4B为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的另一种流程图；
图5为数据包的计数值的构成示意图；
图6为对应于本申请实施例提供的通信方法的一种示例的流程图；
图7为对应于本申请实施例提供的通信方法的另一种示例的流程图；
图8为对应于本申请实施例提供的通信方法的又一种示例的流程图；
图9为本申请实施例提供的第一设备的示意性框图；
图10为本申请实施例提供的第二设备的示意性框图；
图11为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的一种示意性框图；
图12为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一示意性框图；
图13为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的再一示意性框图；
图14为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的又一示意性框图。
具体实施方式
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚，下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。
以下，对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明，以便于本领域技术人员理解。
1)终端设备，包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，具体的，包括向用户提供语音的设备，或包括向用户提供数据连通性的设备，或包括向用户提供语音和数据连通性的设备。例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)与核心网进行通信，与RAN交换语音或数据，或与RAN交互语音和数据。该终端设备可以包括用户设备(user equipment，UE)、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、设备到设备通信(device-to-device，D2D)终端设备、车到一切(vehicle to everything，V2X)终端设备、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications，M2M/MTC)终端设备、物联网(internet  of things，IoT)终端设备、轻型终端设备(light UE)、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station)，移动站(mobile station)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point，AP)、远程终端(remote terminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。例如，可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)，具有移动终端设备的计算机，便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的移动装置等。例如，个人通信业务(personal communication service，PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、等设备。还包括受限设备，例如功耗较低的设备，或存储能力有限的设备，或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification，RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system，GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。
作为示例而非限定，在本申请实施例中，该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备或智能穿戴式设备等，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。
而如上介绍的各种终端设备，如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内)，都可以认为是车载终端设备，车载终端设备例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit，OBU)。
本申请实施例中，终端设备还可以包括中继(relay)。或者理解为，能够与基站进行数据通信的都可以看作终端设备。
本申请实施例中，用于实现终端设备的功能的装置可以是终端设备，也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置，例如芯片系统，该装置可以被安装在终端设备中。本申请实施例中，芯片系统可以由芯片构成，也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的技术方案中，以用于实现终端的功能的装置是终端设备为例，描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。
2)网络设备，例如包括接入网(access network，AN)设备，例如基站(例如，接入点)，可以是指接入网中在空口通过一个或多个小区与无线终端设备通信的设备，或者例如，一种车到一切(vehicle-to-everything，V2X)技术中的网络设备为路侧单元(road side unit，RSU)。基站可用于将收到的空中帧与IP分组进行相互转换，作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器，其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。RSU可以是支持V2X应用的固定基础设施实体，可以与支持V2X应用的其他实体交换消息。网络设备还可协调对空口的属性管理。例如，网络设备可以包括长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统或高级长期演进(long term evolution-advanced，LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB，evolutional Node B)，或者也可以包括第五代移动通信技术(the 5th generation，5G)NR系统(也简称为NR系统)中的下一代节点B(next generation node B，gNB)或者也可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network，Cloud RAN)系统中的集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)，本申请实施例并不限定。
网络设备还可以包括核心网设备，核心网设备例如包括访问和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)或用户面功能(user plane function，UPF)等。因为本申请实施例主要涉及的是接入网设备，因此在后文中，如无特殊说明，则所述的网络设备均是指接入网设备。
本申请实施例中，用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备，也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置，例如芯片系统，该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中，以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备为例，描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。
3)本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B的情况，其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a,b,或c中的至少一项(个)，可以表示：a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c，其中a,b,c可以是单个，也可以是多个。
以及，除非有相反的说明，本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分，不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。例如，第一数据包和第二数据包，只是为了区分不同的数据包，而并不是表示这两个数据包的内容、优先级、发送顺序或者重要程度等的不同。
前文介绍了本申请实施例所涉及到的一些名词概念，下面介绍本申请实施例涉及的技术特征。
在LTE系统的AM传输中，引入了UDC技术，在PDCP层进行实现。UDC技术主要针对某些有大量重复内容的数据包，如VoLTE中传输SIP的数据包，通过传输数据包与数据包之间的差异部分，降低需要传输的数据量。
UDC是终端设备作为发送端对数据包进行压缩，网络设备作为接收端对数据包进行解压缩，而压缩和解压缩均是基于发送端和接收端共同维护相同的缓存(buffer)状态来进行的，buffer状态，可以是指buffer所包括的内容(或者说，buffer所包括的信息)。发送端在对数据包进行压缩时，基于buffer当前的状态进行压缩，在压缩成功后，发送端会将当前压缩的数据包在压缩之前的原始信息从buffer的后端放入buffer。其中，对于第一个数据包，在压缩时buffer中可能并不包括之前的数据包的信息，那么发送端可以基于预设的信息进行压缩，预设的信息，例如为预制字典等。例如可参考图1，buffer中包括“abc”，“abc”例如为预制字典。发送端需要对数据包“def”进行压缩时，可以基于“abc”进行压缩，对数据包“def”压缩后得到压缩的数据包1，而发送端可以将“def”从buffer的后端放入buffer。之后，发送端需要对数据包“ghijkl”进行压缩，则可以基于buffer中的“abcdef”来压缩，也就是说，每次都是基于buffer中的全部内容来进行压缩。对数据包“ghijkl”压缩后得到压缩的数据包2，而发送端可以将数据包“ghijkl”从buffer的后端放入buffer。由于buffer的存储空间有限，因此按照先入先出(first in first out，FIFO)的原则，“abcd”会被挤出buffer，那么，如果发送端还需要再对其他的数据包进行压缩，就会基于缓存中包括的“efghijkl”来进行压缩。对于接收端来说，在接收压缩的数据包1后，可以基于buffer中的预制字典“abc”进行解压缩，得到数据包“def”，将数据包“def”从buffer的后端放入buffer。在接收数据包 2后，接收端可以基于buffer中的信息“abcdef”进行解压缩，得到数据包“ghijkl”，将数据包“ghijkl”从buffer的后端放入buffer，则“abcd”被挤出buffer。可见，接收端的buffer状态和发送端的buffer状态始终保持一致，这样就可以保证接收端能够正确解压缩。
对于终端设备来说，某个DRB是否需要配置UDC功能，是由网络设备决定的。由于网络设备并不知道终端设备的上行数据是否需要进行UDC，因此为了满足终端设备可能会使用UDC功能的需求，目前网络设备在为终端设备配置DRB时，均会为所配置的DRB配置UDC功能。在网络设备将用于为终端设备配置UDC功能的配置信息发给终端设备后，终端设备就会开启UDC功能。对于一个DRB来说，在被配置UDC功能后，通过该DRB传输的数据包的包头内就会有1个字节(byte)的位置分配给UDC功能，这1个字节可以称为UDC头。而是否要采用UDC技术对数据包进行压缩，取决于终端设备。有可能终端设备认为无需压缩数据包，例如在UDC功能配置的起始阶段，或某些数据包不会产生压缩增益等情况下，终端设备可能不会对数据包进行压缩。但即使终端设备不对数据包进行压缩，该DRB的UDC功能还是继续保持开启状态，在终端设备所发送的数据包的包头内，也会继续包括UDC头，这相当于浪费了传输资源。而且，终端设备开启UDC功能需要一定的功耗，如果终端设备实际上并不需要对数据包进行压缩，则开启UDC功能也就是无谓地造成了功率浪费。
例如请参考图2A和图2B，为数据包的包头的两种示例。图2A和图2B中最上方的一个小格子代表一个比特。Oct代表八进制，例如Oct1代表第一个字节，Oct2代表第二个字节，Oct3代表第三个字节，Oct4代表第四个字节。图2A为数据包的序列号(sequence number，SN)的长度为12比特(bit)的UDC头在数据包的包头内所在的位置，其中UDC头占用的是图2A中的Oct3对应的1个字节，图2B为SN的长度为15比特的UDC头在数据包的包头内所在的位置，其中UDC头占用的是图2B中的Oct3对应的1个字节。另外，图2A和图2B中的D/C表示数据(data，D)/控制(control，C)，R表示预留(reserved)位，PDCP SN表示用于承载数据包的SN，FR表示buffer是否被重置，FU可以指示该数据包是否进行了压缩，校验和(checksum)用于对该数据包进行校验，如果该数据包是通过UDC压缩后的数据包，则UDC数据块(data block)用于承载该数据包中的压缩后的数据，而如果该数据包是未通过UDC压缩的数据包，则UDC数据块用于承载该数据包中的未压缩的数据。
在DRB的UDC功能被配置后，如果终端设备认为需要关闭该DRB的UDC功能，则需要通过小区内切换流程实现。其中，在关闭该DRB的UDC功能后，通过该DRB传输的数据包的包头内就不包括UDC头。所谓的小区内切换是指，终端设备执行小区切换，目标小区与源小区是同一小区。在执行小区内切换后，网络设备会重新为终端设备配置DRB，而且网络设备不为该DRB配置UDC功能。如果一个DRB未被配置UDC功能，则在通过该DRB传输的数据包的包头内就无需为UDC头预留位置，或者说，在通过该DRB传输的数据包的包头内就不包括UDC头。因此，通过这种方式就可以关闭DRB的UDC功能。在一个DRB的UDC功能被关闭后，相当于该DRB未被配置UDC功能，如果需要再次开启该DRB的UDC功能，则还需要网络设备再次向终端设备发送用于为该DRB配置UDC功能的配置信息。
可见，目前要去掉数据包的包头内的UDC头，只能通过小区内切换流程实现，过程较为复杂，且需要的时间较长，效率较低。而且，一个终端设备可能被配置一个或多个DRB， 例如一个终端设备被配置了多个DRB，终端设备只需要关闭其中的一个DRB的UDC功能。则终端设备执行小区内切换流程。在执行小区内切换后，网络设备会重新配置该终端设备的所有的DRB，相当于，即使对于并不需要关闭UDC功能的DRB，网络设备也需要重新配置，这也造成了网络设备的负担，且也会影响其他DRB的正常通信。
鉴于此，提供本申请实施例的技术方案。在本申请实施例中，可以激活或去激活一个无线承载的数据包压缩功能，如果一个无线承载的数据包压缩功能被去激活，则通过该无线承载传输的数据包的包头就不再包括压缩包头，这样可以节省传输资源。也就是说，如果第一设备认为对于第一无线承载不需要使用数据包压缩功能，则无需关闭第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，只需将第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能去激活即可。而即使一个无线承载的数据包压缩功能被去激活，该无线承载依然具有数据包压缩功能，即，数据包压缩功能的配置并不会随着去激活的操作而被去除。因此，如果在去激活该无线承载的数据包压缩功能后需要再次激活该无线承载的数据包压缩功能，则激活该无线承载的数据包压缩功能即可，无需网络设备重新为该无线承载配置数据包压缩功能。这减少了网络设备的配置过程，也节省了信令开销。而且要激活或去激活无线承载的数据包压缩功能，也无需再执行小区内切换流程，简化了去激活数据包压缩功能的过程，减少了所需的时间，提高了效率。由于无需进行小区内切换流程，减少了信令交互，也有助于节省传输开销。而且由于无需执行小区内切换流程，而是可以有针对性地对无线承载进行激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的操作，因此也不会在只需对一个无线承载进行操作时影响到其他的无线承载，减小网络设备和终端设备的负担，也可以尽量保证其他无线承载的正常通信。
另外，在本申请实施例中，数据包压缩功能可以在需要时再激活，无需在配置无线承载时就激活。对于一个无线承载来说，在被配置了数据包压缩功能的情况下，如果数据包压缩功能未激活，则通过该无线承载传输的数据包的包头就不会包括对应于数据包压缩功能的信息(例如UDC头)，以节省传输资源，对数据包压缩功能去激活，也能节省终端设备的功耗。另外对于接收端来说，如果一个无线承载的数据包压缩功能被去激活，则接收端在解析通过该无线承载传输的数据包时也无需解析UDC头，从而可以降低接收复杂度。
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于第四代移动通信技术(the 4th generation，4G)系统中，例如LTE系统，或可以应用于5G系统中，例如NR系统，或者还可以应用于下一代移动通信系统或其他类似的通信系统，只要存在一个实体可以向另一个实体发送数据包、且发送端实体能够对数据包进行压缩即可，具体的不做限制。另外，本申请实施例在介绍过程中是以网络设备和终端设备之间的空口通信过程为例，实际上本申请实施例提供的技术方案也可以应用于侧行链路(sidelink，SL)，只要一个终端设备能够向另一个终端设备发送数据包、且发送端终端设备能够对数据包进行压缩即可。例如，本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于设备到设备(device-to-device，D2D)场景，可以是NR D2D场景也可以是LTE D2D场景等，或者可以应用于车到一切(vehicle to everything，V2X)场景，可以是NR V2X场景也可以是LTE V2X场景等，例如可应用于车联网，例如V2X、LTE-V、车与车(vehicle-to-vehicle，V2V)等，或可用于智能驾驶，智能网联车等领域。
请参见图3A，为本申请实施例的一种应用场景。在图3A中包括一个网络设备以及一个终端设备。其中，该网络设备例如工作在演进的通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入(evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access，E-UTRA)系统中，或者工作在NR系统中。当然，在本申请实施例中，一个网络设备可以服务于多个终端设备，图3A只是以其中的一个终端设备 为例。
另外考虑一种本申请实施例的实际应用场景。当用户持有终端设备，要进行长期演进语音承载(voice over long-term evolution，VoLTE)/新无线语音承载(voice over new radio，VoNR)电话或数据上网(如发起直播，玩游戏上网)等操作时，需要接入网络。在接入网络之初，终端设备一般需要向基站上报是否支持数据压缩的能力。当确定终端设备具备支持数据压缩的能力时，基站可以根据用户发起的业务，决定是否给终端设备配置数据压缩的相关参数。当终端设备被基站配置了可以进行数据压缩时，例如可以进行UDC，则终端设备在进行上行传输时，例如发起VoLTE/VoNR电话或者发起直播等的过程中，可以采用UDC方式。在这种情况下，终端设备可以使用本申请实施例所提供的方法来进行UDC，可以减少甚至避免上行数据压缩导致的丢包。类似的，如果进行下行数据压缩，也可以采用本申请实施例提供的方法，减少甚至避免下行数据压缩导致的丢包。
考虑到该实际应用场景，请参考图3B，也是本申请实施例的一种应用场景示意图。在图3B中，以用户持有终端设备发起VoLTE/VoNR电话为例。
图3A或图3B中的网络设备例如为基站。其中，网络设备在不同的系统对应不同的设备，例如在4G系统中可以对应4G系统中的网络设备，例如eNB，在5G系统中对应5G系统中的网络设备，例如gNB。在5G系统中，该网络设备也可以是LTE网络设备与NR网络设备混合组网的设备，与终端设备组成混合空口双连接(mixed radio-dual connectivity，MR-DC)。当然本申请实施例所提供的技术方案也可以应用于未来的移动通信系统中，因此图3A或图3B中的网络设备也可以对应未来的移动通信系统中的网络设备。图3A或图3B以网络设备是基站为例，实际上参考前文的介绍，网络设备还可以是RSU等设备。
另外，既然本申请实施例所提供的方案可以应用于网络设备和终端设备之间的空口通信，也可以应用于侧行链路的通信，因此本申请实施例并不限制于是网络设备和终端设备之间的通信，还可以是网络设备与网络设备之间的通信，或者也可以是终端设备与终端设备之间的通信。例如，本申请实施例中所述的第一设备可以是网络设备或终端设备，本申请实施例中所述的第二设备可以是网络设备或终端设备，且对于第一设备和第二设备的类型的组合方式不做限制。
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例提供的技术方案。
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，请参见图4A或图4B，为该方法的流程图，其中，图4A以上行过程为例，图4B以下行过程为例。在下文的介绍过程中，以该方法应用于图3A或图3B所示的网络架构为例。
为了便于介绍，在下文中，以该方法由第一设备和第二设备执行为例。因为本实施例是以应用在图3A或图3B所示的网络架构为例，因此，如果将本申请实施例的技术方案应用于上行过程，则下文中所述的第一设备可以是图3A或图3B所示的网络架构中的终端设备，下文中所述的第二设备可以是图3A或图3B所示的网络架构中的网络设备；或者，如果将本申请实施例的技术方案应用于下行过程，则下文中所述的第一设备可以是图3A或图3B所示的网络架构中的网络设备，下文中所述的第二设备可以是图3A或图3B所示的终端架构中的网络设备。需要注意的是，本申请实施例提供的技术方案也可以应用于侧行过程，例如下文中所述的第一设备可以替换为终端设备1，下文中所述的第二设备可以替换为终端设备2，等等。另外，因为图4A以上行过程为例，因此在图4A中，第一设备为终端设备，第二设备为网络设备，而图4B以下行过程为例，因此在图4B中，第一设备为 网络设备，第二设备为终端设备。
S41、第一设备确定对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式进行处理。第一处理方式为激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，或为去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能。
其中，第一无线承载可以是DRB或信令无线承载(signaling radio bearer，SRB)。
如果本申请实施例的技术方案应用于上行过程，则数据包压缩功能可以是UDC功能。而如果本申请实施例的技术方案应用于下行过程或侧行过程等，则数据包压缩功能可以是其他相应的压缩功能。
如果第一设备是终端设备，第二设备是网络设备，则第一无线承载可以是第二设备为第一设备配置的一个无线承载；或者，如果第一设备是网络设备，第二设备是终端设备，则第一无线承载可以是第一设备为第二设备配置的一个无线承载。例如网络设备可以为终端设备配置一个无线承载，则该无线承载可以是第一无线承载；或者网络设备可以为终端设备配置多个无线承载，则第一无线承载可以是这多个无线承载中的任意一个。
其中，去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，可以是指第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由激活状态变为去激活状态。激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，可以是指第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由去激活状态变为激活状态。其中，在第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能为激活状态时，第一无线承载的数据包的包结构中包括压缩包头，而在第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能为去激活状态下，第一无线承载的数据包的包结构中不包括压缩包头。可以理解为，在第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能为去激活状态下，第一无线承载的数据包的包结构与未配置数据包压缩功能的无线承载的数据包的包结构相同，均不包含压缩包头。例如，数据包压缩功能为UDC功能，则所述的压缩包头可以是UDC头，而如果数据包压缩功能是其他的功能，则所述的压缩包头可以是其他相应的压缩包头。
而且，在激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后可以执行后文将要介绍的S45，即，向第二设备发送第一信息，从而第二设备能够知晓第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能被激活，则第二设备如果接收第一设备通过第一无线承载发送的数据包，就可以明确该数据包的包头内包括了压缩包头。同理，在去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后也可以执行后文将要介绍的S45，即，向第二设备发送第一信息，从而第二设备能够知晓第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能被去激活，则第二设备如果接收第一设备通过第一无线承载发送的数据包，就可以明确该数据包的包头内不包括压缩包头。这使得第二设备能够明确对数据包进行解析的方式，提高第二设备的接收成功率。
另外在现有技术中，一个DRB在被配置了UDC功能后，无论终端设备是否采用UDC功能发送数据包，通过该DRB传输的数据包的包头内始终包括UDC头。因此在该UDC头内包括一个比特，用于指示终端设备是否对数据包进行了压缩。例如参考图2A或图2B，其中的“FU”就用于指示终端设备是否对数据包进行了压缩。但是在本申请实施例中，如果终端设备对于第一无线承载不采用数据包压缩功能，则会直接去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，因此也无需在通过第一无线承载传输的数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内指示是否对数据包进行了压缩，这样可以节省压缩包头内的比特，例如可以将该比特用于其他用途，提高对于压缩包头的利用率。
需要注意的是，在本申请实施例中，无论第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是处于激活状态还是处于去激活状态，第一无线承载都是被配置了数据包压缩功能的，即，第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能的配置并不会随着对该数据包压缩功能的去激活而被去除。本申请 实施例可以通过去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，实现在通过第一无线承载传输的数据包的包头内去掉压缩包头的目的。而目前的做法是，如果要去掉一个DRB传输的数据包的包头内的UDC头，只能关闭该DRB的UDC功能，而要关闭该DRB的UDC功能，就需要网络设备完全不为该DRB配置UDC功能，这显然是较为复杂的过程。而且在本申请实施例中，由于第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能的配置并未改变，那么在去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后，如果又需要激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，只需执行S41即可，无需网络设备重新为第一无线承载配置数据包压缩功能，减少了配置过程。另外，如果要去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，也无需改变第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能的配置，同样是执行S41就能实现，无需执行小区内切换流程，简化了去激活数据包压缩功能的过程。
其中，一个无线承载是否需要采用数据包压缩功能，可以由数据包的发送端(即第一设备)来决定。例如在用户通过终端设备玩某些游戏的场景下，针对游戏建立的DRB在开始时，前期游戏更新数据的传输的数据包间的差异较大，基本没有压缩收益，此时该DRB可以不用激活数据包压缩功能。而当游戏打开后开始进行时，传输的数据包间的差异较小，能够获得较好的压缩增益，此时该DRB可以激活数据包压缩功能。现有技术中，虽然终端设备也可以通过UDC头内的比特指示是否使用压缩包功能，但是在数据包的包头内始终会包括UDC头。如果终端设备实际上并未采用UDC技术对数据包进行压缩，则该UDC头实际上是没必要的。而本申请实施例中如果终端设备对于第一无线承载不使用数据包压缩功能，则终端设备可以去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，从而通过第一无线承载传输的数据包的包头内不再包括压缩包头，这样可以节省传输资源。而且终端设备如果激活或去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，也会告知网络设备，从而使得网络设备明确对通过第一无线承载传输的数据包的解析方式。
以第一设备是终端设备、第一无线承载是DRB、且数据包压缩功能是UDC功能为例。例如对于有些场景，终端设备通过第一DRB所发送的数据包所包括的数据之间的差异可能较大，例如终端设备发送的是图像数据，前一帧图像跟后一帧图像之间的差别较大，而UDC功能是在对差异较小的数据包进行压缩时较为有利，能够获得较好地压缩增益，则终端设备可以认为在这种情况下第一DRB无需采用UDC功能。那么如果第一DRB的UDC功能处于去激活状态，终端设备可以保持第一DRB的UDC功能处于去激活状态，而如果第一DRB的UDC功能处于激活状态，则终端设备可以通过执行S41来去激活第一DRB的UDC功能。根据前述分析可知，现有技术中，虽然终端设备也可以通过UDC头内的比特指示是否使用压缩包功能，但是在数据包的包头内始终会包括UDC头。如果终端设备实际上并未采用UDC技术对数据包进行压缩，则该UDC头实际上是没必要的。而本申请实施例中如果终端设备对于第一DRB不使用UDC功能，则终端设备可以去激活第一DRB的UDC功能，从而通过第一DRB传输的数据包的包头内不再包括UDC头，这样可以节省传输资源。
又例如，对于另一些场景，终端设备通过第一无线承载所发送的数据包所包括的数据之间的差异可能较小，例如终端设备发送的是图像数据，前一帧图像跟后一帧图像之间的差别较小，则终端设备可以认为在这种情况下第一无线承载可以采用UDC功能。那么如果第一无线承载的UDC功能处于激活状态，终端设备可以保持第一无线承载的UDC功能处于激活状态，而如果第一无线承载的UDC功能处于去激活状态，则终端设备可以通过 执行S41来激活第一无线承载的UDC功能。在本申请实施例中，无论第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是被激活还是被去激活，都认为第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是已被配置的，也就是说，即使第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能被去激活，第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能的配置信息依然存在。因此，如果第一无线承载的UDC功能处于去激活状态，则终端设备通过执行S41来激活第一无线承载的UDC功能即可，无需网络设备重新为第一无线承载配置UDC功能。
通过本申请实施例提供的技术方案，第一设备可以灵活地激活或去激活无线承载的数据包压缩功能，在无需使用无线承载的数据包压缩功能时可以将其去激活，从而在通过该无线承载传输的数据包的包头内不再包括压缩包头，节省传输资源。而且无论第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是处于激活状态还是处于去激活状态，第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能都是已被配置的。如果第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能在被去激活后又需要再次激活，则执行S41即可，无需网络设备重新为第一无线承载配置数据包压缩功能，减少配置过程，节省信令开销，也减小设备的功耗。
如果第一设备为终端设备，第二设备为网络设备，则作为一种可选的实施方式，在执行S41之前还可以执行S42，终端设备可以向网络设备发送第一消息，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一消息，对于S42可参考图4A。第一消息可以指示第一能力，第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力。例如数据包压缩功能为UDC功能，则第一能力为动态激活或去激活UDC功能的能力。进一步可选的，第一能力还可以包括终端设备支持动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的无线承载的个数。网络设备根据第一能力就可以确定终端设备是否支持动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能，可选的，网络设备根据第一能力还可以确定该终端设备能够支持的动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的无线承载的个数。
在执行S42之后，还可以执行S43，网络设备向终端设备发送第二消息，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二消息，第二消息可以配置第一无线承载使用第一能力，或者说，第二消息可以为第一无线承载配置第一能力，或者说，第二消息可以配置第一无线承载能够动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能。对于S43可参考图4A。如果终端设备支持第一能力，那么对于终端设备的无线承载，网络设备可以配置这些无线承载中的全部或部分无线承载采用第一能力，第一无线承载例如为终端设备对应的其中一个无线承载。终端设备接收第二消息后就可以确定第一无线承载能够使用第一能力，从而终端设备在S41中就可以激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，也可以去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能。
作为一种可选的实施方式，第二消息还可以配置第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能为激活状态，或者，第二消息还可以配置第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能为去激活状态。也就是说，第二消息除了可以配置第一无线承载能够使用第一能力之外，还可以配置第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能的初始状态为激活状态或去激活状态，这样可以无需再通过其他信令来配置第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能为激活状态或去激活状态，有助于节省信令开销。
作为一种可选的实施方式，第二消息可以是用于配置第一无线承载的消息，例如第二消息为无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)消息，则通过第二消息，可以配置第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能为激活状态或去激活状态，还可以配置第一无线承载能够使用第一能力，这种方式可以用较少的传输资源实现较多的功能，提高了资源的利用率，也有利于节省传输开销。
例如，网络设备在为终端设备配置第一DRB时就可以配置激活第一DRB的UDC功能，即，第二消息是用于配置第一DRB的消息，且第二消息还用于配置第一DRB的数据包压缩功能的初始状态为激活状态。这种方式有助于兼容现有的方案。那么终端设备在被配置第一DRB之后，如果认为需要去激活第一DRB的UDC功能，则终端设备可以去激活第一DRB的UDC功能，即可以执行S41。当然终端设备在去激活第一DRB的UDC功能后，也可以再激活第一DRB的UDC功能，即，可以再次执行S41。
或者，网络设备在为终端设备配置第一无线承载时，配置不激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能。即，第二消息是用于配置第一无线承载的消息，且第二消息配置第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能的初始状态为去激活状态。如果第二消息是用于配置第一无线承载的消息，且第二消息不用于配置第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能为激活状态，此时第二消息无需配置第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能为去激活状态，而直接可以认为第一无线承载处于去激活状态。
例如，第二消息用于为终端设备配置第一DRB，但第二消息不用于激活第一DRB的UDC功能，可以认为第一DRB的UDC功能未被激活，因此处于去激活状态。这样如果终端设备认为无需激活第一DRB的UDC功能，就可以不必激活第一DRB的UDC功能，则终端设备所发送的数据包的包头就无需包括UDC头，以节省传输资源。在这种情况下，第一DRB被配置时，第一DRB的UDC功能可以认为是去激活的。终端设备后续如果需要激活第一DRB的UDC功能，就可以执行S41。当然，如果终端设备激活了第一DRB的UDC功能，则在激活第一DRB的UDC功能后，终端设备还可以再去激活第一DRB的UDC功能，即可以再次执行S41。
或者，第二消息也可以不用于配置第一无线承载，即网络设备通过其他消息配置第一无线承载，这样可以将配置无线承载和配置第一无线承载能够使用第一能力这两种配置过程通过消息的不同加以区分，使得配置过程更为明确。
如果第一设备为网络设备，第二设备为终端设备，则作为一种可选的实施方式，在执行S41之前还可以执行S44，终端设备可以向网络设备发送第一消息，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一消息。对于S44可参考图4B。第一消息可以指示第一能力，第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力。例如数据包压缩功能为UDC功能，则第一能力为动态激活或去激活UDC功能的能力。网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一消息后就可以确定该终端设备对应的无线承载能够使用第一能力，从而网络设备在S41中就可以激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，也可以去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能。
在本申请实施例中，以终端设备支持数据包压缩功能为例。终端设备通过上报终端设备的能力，使得网络设备对终端设备的配置更为符合终端设备的能力要求。
S45、第一设备发送第一信息，第二设备接收来自第一设备的第一信息。
第一信息可以指示第一处理方式，第二设备根据第一信息就可以确定对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式。其中，对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式进行处理的是第一设备，第一设备相当于只是将第一处理方式告知第二设备。
作为第一信息的第一种可选的发送方式，第一信息可以通过控制(control)协议数据单元(protocol data unit，PDU)承载，即，通过发送控制PDU就可以发送第一信息。控制PDU例如为PDCP control PDU，或者也可以是无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)control PDU等。
作为第一信息的第二种可选的发送方式，第一信息可以通过媒体接入控制控制元素(media access control control element，MAC CE)承载，即，通过发送MAC CE就可以发送第一信息。
例如，第一信息通过控制PDU发送，该控制PDU可以是一个新引入的控制PDU，也可以复用现有的控制PDU。或者，第一信息通过MAC CE发送，该控制PDU可以是一个新引入的MAC CE，也可以复用现有的MAC CE。在控制PDU或MAC CE中可以包括指示域，该指示域用于承载或携带第一信息，或者说，该指示域用于指示第一信息。该指示域可以是在控制PDU或MAC CE中新增的域(field)，或者也可以利用控制PDU或MAC CE中的预留(reserved)位作为该指示域。通过控制PDU或MAC CE来指示第一处理方式，可以使得指示较为明确。相较于通过控制PDU包括第一信息的方式，通过MAC CE来包括第一信息的方式还需要指示第一无线承载的信息，即，该MAC CE是用于激活或去激活哪个无线承载，该MAC CE需要携带该无线承载的身份号(ID)。
作为第一信息的第三种可选的发送方式，第一信息也可以包括在数据包中，例如将包括第一信息的数据包称为第一数据包，第一数据包可以是第一设备向第二设备发送的任意一个数据包。即，通过发送第一数据包就可以发送第一信息，这样无需再通过额外的消息向第二设备发送第一信息，有助于节省信令开销。
如果第一信息包括在第一数据包中，那么作为第一数据包承载第一信息的一种方式，第一信息可以占用第一数据包的包头内的一个或多个预留比特，或者说，第一数据包的包头内的一个或多个预留比特可以指示第一信息。用于指示第一信息的一个或多个预留比特，可以位于第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内，或者也可以位于第一数据包的包头内、但位于该包头所包括的压缩包头外。以数据包压缩功能是UDC功能为例，用于指示第一信息的一个或多个预留比特，可以位于第一数据包的包头所包括的UDC头内，或者也可以位于第一数据包的包头内、但位于该包头所包括的UDC头外。
究竟是通过压缩包头内的预留比特指示第一信息，还是通过压缩包头外的预留比特指示第一信息，可以与数据包的SN的长度有关。
例如对于图2A所示的数据包的包头，可以通过UDC头内的两个预留比特(即，Oct3对应的一行中的两个“R”所对应的比特)中的一个或两个来指示第一信息，或者，也可以通过该包头内的三个预留比特(即，Oct1对应的一行中的三个“R”所对应的比特)中的一个或多个来指示第一信息，这三个预留比特就位于数据包的包头内、但位于该包头所包括的UDC头外。例如通过一个预留比特来指示第一信息，则，如果这一个预留比特的取值为“1”，表示第一处理方式为激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能；而如果这一个预留比特的取值为“0”，表示第一处理方式为去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能。如果通过更多的预留比特来指示第一信息，则指示方式可以更为丰富，具体的指示方式不作限制。SN长度为12比特或18比特，均可以通过非压缩包头外的数据包头里的预留比特指示第一信息。
而例如对于图2B所示的数据包的包头，该数据包的SN的长度为15比特，因此该包头中只是UDC头内有预留比特，在UDC头外没有预留比特。在这种情况下，就只能通过UDC头内的预留比特来指示第一信息，而无法通过UDC头外的预留比特指示第一信息。例如可以通过图2B中的UDC头内的两个预留比特(即，Oct3对应的一行中的两个“R”所对应的比特)中的一个或两个来指示第一信息。
或者，究竟是通过压缩包头内的预留比特指示第一信息，还是通过压缩包头外的预留比特指示第一信息，还可以与当前第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是否处于激活状态有关。如果当前第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能处于激活状态，则在第一设备通过第一无线承载所发送的第一数据包的包头中就会包括压缩包头，在这种情况下，可以通过压缩包头内的预留比特来指示第一信息，或者也可以通过位于第一数据包的包头内、但位于该包头所包括的压缩包头外的预留比特来指示第一信息。而如果当前第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能处于去激活状态，则在第一设备通过第一无线承载所发送的第一数据包的包头中就不包括压缩包头，在这种情况下，无法通过压缩包头内的预留比特来指示第一信息，因此可以选择通过位于第一数据包的包头内、但位于该包头所包括的压缩包头外的预留比特来指示第一信息。
第一设备和第二设备都要对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式，那么第一设备和第二设备需要在同一个时间点明确第一无线承载采用第一处理方式，或者说，第一设备和第二设备需要从同一个数据包开始明确第一无线承载采用第一处理方式。例如将本申请实施例的方法应用于上行过程，则终端设备要从一个数据包开始对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式，而网络设备也需要明确终端设备在该数据包开始对第一无线承载采用了第一处理方式；或者，将本申请实施例的方法应用于上行过程，则网络设备要从一个数据包开始对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式，而终端设备也需要明确网络设备在该数据包开始对第一无线承载采用了第一处理方式。这样才能使得终端设备的缓存状态和网络设备的缓存状态对齐，从而对后续的数据包进行正确的压缩和解压缩。
为此，第一信息还可以包括指示信息，该指示信息可以指示第二数据包，或者说是指示第二数据包的序号，这种情况可以理解为，第一信息指示，从第二数据包开始，对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式。例如，该指示信息可以包括第二数据包的序号，从而通过该指示信息就可以指示第二数据包的序号。
或者，该指示信息可以指示第二数据包的序号减1，这种情况可以理解为，第一信息指示，从第二数据包的下一个数据包开始，对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式。例如，该指示信息可以包括第二数据包的序号减1的值，从而通过该指示信息就可以指示第二数据包的序号减1。
在第一信息中包括指示信息，这种指示方式对于第一设备和第二设备来说都较为明确，使得指示更为准确。另外，第一信息中包括指示信息，第一信息可以包括在控制PDU、MAC CE或第一数据包中。
在空口传输中，每个数据包都有PDCP层对应的编号。其中，一个数据包在PDCP层的编号可以由两部分构成，SN和超帧号(hyper frame number，HFN)，二者合起来就构成数据包的编号，或者说是数据包的计数(count)值。可参考图5，为数据包的计数值的构成示意图。在本申请实施例中所述的数据包的序号，可以是指数据包的序列号，即数据包的SN，或者是指数据包的计数值，即数据包的count值。另外在本申请实施例中，一个数据包的序号，和该数据包被压缩后的序号(即，压缩的数据包的序号)，是相同的。例如，第二数据包的序号和压缩的第二数据包的序号是相同的。而如果第二数据包是未经压缩的数据包，则第一设备所发送的第二数据包的序号和第二设备接收的第二数据包的序号就更是相同的。因此如果该指示信息包括了第二数据包的序号，第一设备和第二设备就可以确定出同一个数据包，即第二数据包。从而第一设备和第二设备都可以明确，从第二数据包 开始，激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，或去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能。或者，如果该指示信息包括了第二数据包的序号减1，第一设备和第二设备就可以确定出同一个数据包，即第二数据包。从而第一设备和第二设备都可以明确，从第二数据包的下一个数据包开始，激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，或去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能。
或者，第一信息也可以不包括指示信息。例如第一信息可以指示，从第一信息之后发送的第一个数据包开始，对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式。在这种情况下，第一信息可以包括在控制PDU、MAC CE或第一数据包中。那么对于接收第一信息的第二设备来说就可以明确，从第一信息之后接收的第一个数据包开始，对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式。例如第一信息承载在控制PDU或MAC CE中，则第一信息可以指示，从该控制PDU或MAC CE之后发送的第一个数据包开始，对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式；又例如，第一信息承载在第一数据包中，则第一信息可以指示，从该第一数据包之后发送的第一个数据包(需注意的是，第一数据包和第一个数据包不是同一概念，第一数据包是指某个数据包，第一个数据包是指从某个时刻之后所传输的第一个数据包)开始，对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式。在这种方式下，第一信息无需包括过多的信息，有助于节省信令开销。
例如第一信息可以占用1比特，如果这1比特的取值为“0”，则指示从第一信息之后发送的第一个数据包开始去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，或者说，表明第一处理方式为去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能；或者，如果这1比特的取值为“1”，则指示从第一信息之后发送的第一个数据包开始激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，或者说，表明第一处理方式为激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能。或者第一信息也可以占用更多的比特，具体的不做限制。
或者，第一信息也可以不包括指示信息。例如第一信息包括在第一数据包中，则第一信息可以指示，从第一信息之后发送的第一个数据包开始(或者说，从第一数据包的下一个数据包开始)，对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式；或者，第一信息可以指示，从第一数据包开始，对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式。在这种方式下，第一信息所在的第一数据包也可以完成一部分指示功能，第一信息无需包括过多的信息，有助于节省信令开销。
作为一种可选的实施方式，第一设备在激活或去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后，或者说在对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式后，还可以执行S46，第一设备重置第一无线承载对应的预制字典。另外，第二设备在激活或去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后，或者说在对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式后，还可以执行S47，第二设备重置第一无线承载对应的预制字典。其中，S46可以发生在S47之前，或者S47可以发生在S47之后，或者S46和S47也可以同时发生。图4A和图4B都以S46发生在S47之前为例。另外，因为S42、S43、S46和S47均为可选的步骤，不是必须执行的，因此在图4A中用虚线表示。因为S44、S46和S47均为可选的步骤，不是必须执行的，因此在图4B中也用虚线表示。其中，预制字典可以用于对数据包进行压缩，例如在采用数据包压缩功能对通过第一无线承载传输的数据包进行压缩时，会用到该预制字典。例如数据包压缩功能为UDC功能，则关于预制字典的介绍也可参考前文，例如一种预制字典为图1所示的“abc”。
例如在激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后重置预制字典，相当于在开始使用数据包压缩功能时即重置预制字典，使得第一设备的缓存状态和第二设备的缓存状态达到一致，提高对数据包压缩和解压缩的成功率。又例如，在去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能 后重置预制字典，则在再次激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后就可以无需再次重置预制字典，使得在激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后可以尽快进行数据包传输。
其中，如果对第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能分别进行两次处理，例如第一次为激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，第二次为去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，或者第一次为去激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，第二次为激活第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，则只需在其中的一次处理过程结束后重置预制字典即可，无需在两次处理过程结束后均重置预制字典。例如可参考图6～图8所示的三种通信方法，均是对图4A所示的实施例的较为详细的示例。在图6～图8所示的流程中，均以第一无线承载是第一DRB、数据包压缩功能是UDC功能、且通信过程是上行过程为例。
图6所示的通信方法为对图4A所述的实施例的第一种示例。
S61、终端设备向网络设备发送第一消息，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一消息。
例如，第一消息指示第一能力，第一能力为动态激活或去激活UDC的能力。
S62、网络设备向终端设备发送第二消息，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二消息。
第二消息用于为终端设备配置第一DRB。另外，第二消息还用于配置该终端设备的第一DRB能够激活或去激活UDC功能，以及，第二消息还用于配置激活第一DRB的UDC功能。
图6所示的流程中，是以在配置第一DRB时就激活第一DRB的UDC功能为例。
S63、终端设备确定去激活第一DRB的UDC功能。
例如，终端设备要通过第一DRB向网络设备发送多张图片，而这多张图片是拍摄得到的差异较大的图片，通过UDC压缩可能无法获得压缩增益，因此终端设备可以确定去激活第一DRB的UDC功能。
S64、终端设备向网络设备发送第一PDCP control PDU，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一PDCP control PDU。第一PDCP control PDU包括第一信息，第一信息指示去激活第一DRB的UDC功能。为了与后文可能出现的第一信息相区分，可以将该第一信息称为第一信息1。
S64以第一信息1承载在PDCP control PDU中为例。另外，第一信息1还可以包括指示信息，为了与后文可能出现的指示信息相区分，可以将该指示信息称为指示信息1。指示信息1指示第二数据包1的count值。则表明第一信息1指示了，从第二数据包1开始去激活第一DRB的UDC功能。第二数据包1可以是终端设备待发送的下一个数据包，或者也可以是终端设备待发送的任意一个数据包。那么终端设备在向网络设备发送第二数据包1时，就不再采用UDC功能进行压缩。而网络设备接收第一信息1后也可以明确，从第二数据包1开始去激活第一DRB的UDC功能。则网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二数据包1时，也可以明确第二数据包1是未采用UDC功能进行压缩的数据包，从而网络设备在处理第二数据包1时会按照第二数据包1的包头没有UDC头的方式进行处理，使得网络设备能够得到正确的第二数据包1。
S65、终端设备确定激活第一DRB的UDC功能。
例如终端设备开始进行游戏，该游戏的场景是较为连续的，相当于终端设备要通过第一DRB向网络设备发送多张图片，这多张图片之间的差异比较小。在这种情况下，通过UDC功能对图片进行压缩，能够获得较好地压缩增益。因此终端设备可以确定要再激活第一DRB的UDC功能。
由于本申请实施例在去激活第一DRB的UDC功能时并未改变第一DRB的UDC功能的配置，即，在第一DRB的UDC功能被去激活后，第一DRB依然是具有UDC功能的。因此如果需要再次激活第一DRB的UDC功能，终端设备可直接激活，而不需要网络设备向终端设备发送用于配置第一DRB的UDC功能的配置信息，即，不需要网络设备再为第一DRB配置UDC功能。
S66、终端设备向网络设备发送第二PDCP control PDU，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二PDCP control PDU。第二PDCP control PDU包括第一信息，第一信息指示激活第一DRB的UDC功能。可以将该第一信息称为第一信息2。
S66以第一信息2承载在PDCP control PDU中为例。实际上，如果终端设备要多次发送第一信息，则不同的第一信息可以承载在相同类型的消息中，或者也可以承载在不同类型的消息中。例如S66中的第一信息2也可以承载在RLC control PDU中，或者承载在数据包中，等等。另外，第一信息2还可以包括指示信息，可以将该指示信息称为指示信息2，指示信息2指示第二数据包2的count值。则表明第一信息指示了，从第二数据包2开始激活第一DRB的UDC功能。第二数据包2可以是终端设备待发送的下一个数据包，或者也可以是终端设备待发送的任意一个数据包。那么终端设备在向网络设备发送第二数据包2时，就会采用UDC功能进行压缩。而网络设备接收第一信息后也可以明确，从第二数据包2开始激活第一DRB的UDC功能。则网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二数据包2时，也可以明确第二数据包2是采用UDC功能进行压缩的数据包，从而网络设备在处理第二数据包2时会按照第二数据包2的包头内有UDC头的方式进行处理，使得网络设备能够得到正确的第二数据包2。
S67、终端设备重置第一DRB的预制字典。
S68、网络设备重置第一DRB的预制字典。
终端设备在激活第一DRB的数据包压缩功能后，或者说在对第一DRB采用第一处理方式后，可以重置第一DRB对应的预制字典。另外，网络设备在激活第一DRB的数据包压缩功能后，或者说在对第一DRB采用第一处理方式后，可以重置第一DRB对应的预制字典。其中，S67可以发生在S68之前，或者S67可以发生在S68之后，或者S67和S68也可以同时发生。图6以S67发生在S68之前为例。
可见，终端设备和网络设备是先去激活了第一DRB的UDC功能，再激活了第一DRB的UDC功能，相当于对第一DRB进行了两次处理过程。而终端设备和网络设备只需在其中的一次处理过程结束后(图6所示的流程以在激活过程结束后为例)重置第一DRB对应的预制字典即可，无需在每次处理过程结束后均重置预制字典，既能够保证终端设备的缓存状态和网络设备的缓存状态保持一致，又能减少终端设备和网络设备的工作量。
图7所示的流程为对图4A所述的实施例的第二种示例。
S71、终端设备向网络设备发送第一消息，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一消息。
例如，第一消息指示第一能力，第一能力为动态激活或去激活UDC的能力。
S72、网络设备向终端设备发送第二消息，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二消息。
第二消息用于为终端设备配置第一DRB。另外，第二消息还用于配置该终端设备的第一DRB能够激活或去激活UDC功能，以及，第二消息还用于配置激活第一DRB的UDC功能。
图7所示的流程中，是在配置第一DRB时就激活第一DRB的UDC功能。
S73、终端设备确定去激活第一DRB的UDC功能。
S74、终端设备向网络设备发送第一RLC control PDU，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一RLC control PDU。第一RLC control PDU包括第一信息，第一信息指示去激活第一DRB的UDC功能。为了与后文可能出现的第一信息相区分，可以将该第一信息称为第一信息1。
S74以第一信息1承载在RLC control PDU中为例。另外，第一信息1还可以包括指示信息，为了与后文可能出现的指示信息相区分，可以将该指示信息称为指示信息1。指示信息1指示第二数据包1的SN。则表明第一信息1指示了，从第二数据包1开始去激活第一DRB的UDC功能。第二数据包1可以是终端设备待发送的下一个数据包，或者也可以是终端设备待发送的任意一个数据包。
S75、终端设备重置第一DRB的预制字典。
S76、网络设备重置第一DRB的预制字典。
终端设备在去激活第一DRB的数据包压缩功能后，或者说在对第一DRB采用第一处理方式后，可以重置第一DRB对应的预制字典。另外，网络设备在去激活第一DRB的数据包压缩功能后，或者说在对第一DRB采用第一处理方式后，可以重置第一DRB对应的预制字典。其中，S75可以发生在S76之前，或者S75可以发生在S76之后，或者S75和S76也可以同时发生。图7以S75发生在S76之前为例。
S77、终端设备确定激活第一DRB的UDC功能。
S78、终端设备向网络设备发送第二RLC control PDU，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二RLC control PDU。第二RLC control PDU包括第一信息，第一信息指示激活第一DRB的UDC功能。可以将该第一信息称为第一信息2。
由于本申请实施例在去激活第一DRB的UDC功能时并未改变第一DRB的UDC功能的配置，即，在第一DRB的UDC功能被去激活后，第一DRB依然是具有UDC功能的。因此如果需要再次激活第一DRB的UDC功能，终端设备可直接激活，而不需要网络设备向终端设备发送用于配置第一DRB的UDC功能的配置信息，即，不需要网络设备再为第一DRB配置UDC功能。
S78以第一信息2承载在RLC control PDU中为例。实际上，如果终端设备要多次发送第一信息，则不同的第一信息可以承载在相同类型的消息中，或者也可以承载在不同类型的消息中。例如S78中的第一信息2也可以承载在PDCP control PDU中，或者承载在数据包中，等等。另外，第一信息2还可以包括指示信息，可以将该指示信息称为指示信息2，指示信息2指示第二数据包2的count值。则表明第一信息指示了，从第二数据包2开始激活第一DRB的UDC功能。第二数据包2可以是终端设备待发送的下一个数据包，或者也可以是终端设备待发送的任意一个数据包。
可见，终端设备和网络设备是先去激活了第一DRB的UDC功能，再激活了第一DRB的UDC功能，相当于对第一DRB进行了两次处理过程。而终端设备和网络设备只需在其中的一次处理过程结束后(图7所示的流程以在去激活过程结束后为例)重置第一DRB对应的预制字典即可，无需在每次处理过程结束后均重置预制字典，既能够保证终端设备的缓存状态和网络设备的缓存状态保持一致，又能减少终端设备和网络设备的工作量。
图8所示的流程为对图4A所述的实施例的第三种示例。
S81、终端设备可以向网络设备发送第一消息，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一消 息。
例如，第一消息指示第一能力，第一能力为动态激活或去激活UDC的能力。
S82、网络设备向终端设备发送第二消息，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二消息。
第二消息用于为终端设备配置第一DRB。另外，第二消息还用于配置该终端设备的第一DRB能够激活或去激活UDC功能，以及，第二消息不用于配置激活第一DRB的UDC功能。
在图8所示的流程中，例如该配置信息不配置激活第一DRB的UDC功能。相当于图8所示的流程中，是在配置第一DRB时不激活第一DRB的UDC功能。可以看到，虽然第一DRB的UDC功能未被激活，但第一DRB的UDC功能依然被配置，即，第一DRB依然是具有UDC功能的。
S83、终端设备确定激活第一DRB的UDC功能。
S84、终端设备向网络设备发送第一数据包1，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一数据包1。第一数据包1包括第一信息，第一信息指示激活第一DRB的UDC功能。为了与后文可能出现的第一信息相区分，可以将该第一信息称为第一信息1。
S84以第一信息1承载在数据包中为例。另外，第一信息1还可以包括指示信息，为了与后文可能出现的指示信息相区分，可以将该指示信息称为指示信息1。指示信息1指示第二数据包1的count值减1。则表明第一信息1指示了，从第二数据包1的下个数据包开始去激活第一DRB的UDC功能。第二数据包1可以是终端设备待发送的下一个数据包，或者也可以是终端设备待发送的任意一个数据包。
S85、终端设备确定去激活第一DRB的UDC功能。
S86、终端设备向网络设备发送第一数据包2，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一数据包2。第一数据包2包括第一信息，第一信息指示激活第一DRB的UDC功能。可以将该第一信息称为第一信息2。
S86以第一信息2承载在数据包中为例。实际上，如果终端设备要多次发送第一信息，则不同的第一信息可以承载在相同类型的消息中，或者也可以承载在不同类型的消息中。例如S86中的第一信息2也可以承载在PDCP control PDU中，或者承载在RLC control PDU中，或者承载在MAC CE中，等等。另外，第一信息2还可以包括指示信息，可以将该指示信息称为指示信息2，指示信息2指示第二数据包2的SN。则表明第一信息指示了，从第二数据包2开始去激活第一DRB的UDC功能。第二数据包2可以是终端设备待发送的下一个数据包，或者也可以是终端设备待发送的任意一个数据包。
S87、终端设备重置第一DRB的预制字典。
S88、网络设备重置第一DRB的预制字典。
终端设备在激活第一DRB的数据包压缩功能后，或者说在对第一DRB采用第一处理方式后，可以重置第一DRB对应的预制字典。另外，网络设备在激活第一DRB的数据包压缩功能后，或者说在对第一DRB采用第一处理方式后，可以重置第一DRB对应的预制字典。其中，S87可以发生在S88之前，或者S87可以发生在S88之后，或者S87和S88也可以同时发生。图8以S87发生在S88之前为例。
可见，终端设备和网络设备是先激活了第一DRB的UDC功能，再去激活了第一DRB的UDC功能，相当于对第一DRB进行了两次处理过程。而终端设备和网络设备只需在其中的一次处理过程结束后(图8所示的流程以在去激活过程结束后为例，实际上也可以在 激活过程结束后重置预制字典)重置第一DRB对应的预制字典即可，无需在每次处理过程结束后均重置预制字典，既能够保证终端设备的缓存状态和网络设备的缓存状态保持一致，又能减少终端设备和网络设备的工作量。
在本申请实施例中，第一设备可以激活或去激活一个无线承载的数据包压缩功能，如果一个无线承载的数据包压缩功能被去激活，则通过该无线承载传输的数据包的包头就不再包括压缩包头，这样可以节省传输资源。也就是说，如果第一设备认为对于第一无线承载不需要使用数据包压缩功能，则无需关闭第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能，只需将第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能去激活即可。而即使一个无线承载的数据包压缩功能被去激活，该无线承载依然具有数据包压缩功能，即，数据包压缩功能的配置并不会随着去激活的操作而被去除。因此，如果在去激活该无线承载的数据包压缩功能后需要再次激活该无线承载的数据包压缩功能，则激活该无线承载的数据包压缩功能即可，无需网络设备重新为该无线承载配置数据包压缩功能。这减少了网络设备的配置过程，也节省了信令开销。而且要激活或去激活无线承载的数据包压缩功能，也无需再执行小区内切换流程，简化了去激活数据包压缩功能的过程，减少了所需的时间，提高了效率。由于无需进行小区内切换流程，减少了信令交互，也有助于节省传输开销。而且由于无需执行小区内切换流程，而是可以有针对性地对无线承载进行激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的操作，因此也不会在只需对一个无线承载进行操作时影响到其他的无线承载，减小网络设备和终端设备的负担，也可以尽量保证其他无线承载的正常通信。
另外，在本申请实施例中，数据包压缩功能可以在需要时再激活，无需在配置无线承载时就激活。对于一个无线承载来说，在被配置了数据包压缩功能的情况下，如果数据包压缩功能未激活，则通过该无线承载传输的数据包的包头就不会包括对应于数据包压缩功能的信息(例如UDC头)，以节省传输资源，对数据包压缩功能去激活，也能节省终端设备的功耗。另外对于接收端来说，如果一个无线承载的数据包压缩功能被去激活，则接收端在解析通过该无线承载传输的数据包时也无需解析UDC头，从而可以降低接收复杂度。
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例中用来实现上述方法的装置。因此，上文中的内容均可以用于后续实施例中，重复的内容不再赘述。
图9为本申请实施例提供的通信装置900的示意性框图。示例性地，通信装置900例如为第一设备900。
第一设备900包括处理模块910和收发模块920。示例性地，第一设备900可以是终端设备，也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片或者其他具有上述终端设备功能的组合器件、部件等。当第一设备900是终端设备时，收发模块920可以是收发器，收发器可以包括天线和射频电路等，处理模块910可以是处理器，例如基带处理器，基带处理器中可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元(central processing unit，CPU)。当第一设备900是具有上述终端设备功能的部件时，收发模块920可以是射频单元，处理模块910可以是处理器，例如基带处理器。当第一设备900是芯片系统时，收发模块920可以是芯片(例如基带芯片)的输入输出接口、处理模块910可以是芯片系统的处理器，可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元。应理解，本申请实施例中的处理模块910可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，收发模块920可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
或者，示例性地，第一设备900可以是网络设备，也可以是应用于网络设备中的芯片或者其他具有上述网络设备功能的组合器件、部件等。当第一设备900是网络设备时，收 发模块920可以是收发器，收发器可以包括天线和射频电路等，处理模块910可以是处理器，例如基带处理器，基带处理器中可以包括一个或多个CPU。当第一设备900是具有上述网络设备功能的部件时，收发模块920可以是射频单元，处理模块910可以是处理器，例如基带处理器。当第一设备900是芯片系统时，收发模块920可以是芯片(例如基带芯片)的输入输出接口、处理模块910可以是芯片系统的处理器，可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元。应理解，本申请实施例中的处理模块910可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，收发模块920可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
例如，处理模块910可以用于执行图4A所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S41和S46，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块920可以用于执行图4A所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如S42、S43和S45，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如，处理模块910可以用于执行图4B所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S46，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块920可以用于执行图4B所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如S44和S45，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如，处理模块910可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S63、S65和S67，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块920可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如S61、S62、S64和S66，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如，处理模块910可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S73、S75和S77，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块920可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如S71、S72、S74和S78，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
再例如，处理模块910可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S83、S85和S87，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块920可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如S81、S82、S84和S86，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
另外，收发模块920可以是一个功能模块，该功能模块既能完成发送操作也能完成接收操作，例如收发模块920可以用于执行图4A所示的实施例、图4B所示的实施例、图6所示的实施例、图7所示的实施例或图8所示的实施例中的任一个实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部发送操作和接收操作，例如，在执行发送操作时，可以认为收发模块920是发送模块，而在执行接收操作时，可以认为收发模块920是接收模块；或者，收发模块920也可以是两个功能模块，收发模块920可以视为这两个功能模块的统称，这两个功能模块分别为发送模块和接收模块，发送模块用于完成发送操作，例如发送模块可以用于执行图4A所示的实施例、图4B所示的实施例、图6所示的实施例、图7所示的实施例或图8所示的实施例中的任一个实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部发送操作，接收模块用于完成接收操作，例如接收模块可以用于执行图4A所示的实施例、图4B所示的实施例、图6所示的实施例、图7所示的实施例或图8所示的实施例中的任一个实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部接收操作。
其中，处理模块910，用于确定对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式进行处理，所述第 一处理方式为激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能；
收发模块920，用于发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述第一处理方式。
作为一种可选的实施方式，
去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由激活状态变为去激活状态；和/或，
激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由去激活状态变为激活状态；
其中，在所述激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中包括压缩包头，在所述去激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中不包括压缩包头。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一信息包括在控制PDU、MAC CE、或第一数据包中。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述控制PDU为PDCP控制PDU或RLC控制PDU。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一信息包括在所述第一数据包中，所述第一信息通过所述第一数据包的包头内的一个或多个预留比特指示。
作为一种可选的实施方式，
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内；或
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头内，且不位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内。
作为一种可选的实施方式，
所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一信息之后发送的第一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息包括在第一数据包中，所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号减1，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包的下一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式。
作为一种可选的实施方式，处理模块910，还用于在激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后，重置所述第一无线承载对应的预制字典，所述预制字典用于采用所述数据包压缩功能，对通过所述第一无线承载传输的数据包进行压缩。
作为一种可选的实施方式，如果第一设备900是终端设备，第二设备(即，接收第一信息的设备)是网络设备，那么，收发模块920还用于：
发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力；
接收第二消息，所述第二消息用于配置所述第一无线承载能够激活或去激活数据包压缩功能。
作为一种可选的实施方式，
所述第二消息还用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态，或
在接收所述第二消息后，所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为去激活状态，其中，所 述第二消息不用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态。
作为一种可选的实施方式，如果第一设备900是网络设备，第二设备(即，接收第一信息的设备)是终端设备，那么，收发模块920，还用于接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力。
关于第一设备900所能实现的其他功能，可参考图4A所示的实施例、图4B所示的实施例、图6所示的实施例、图7所示的实施例或图8所示的实施例的相关介绍，不多赘述。
图10为本申请实施例提供的通信装置1000的示意性框图。示例性地，通信装置1000例如为第二设备1000。
第二设备1000包括处理模块1010和收发模块1020。示例性地，第二设备1000可以是网络设备，也可以是应用于网络设备中的芯片或者其他具有上述网络设备功能的组合器件、部件等。当第二设备1000是网络设备时，收发模块1020可以是收发器，收发器可以包括天线和射频电路等，处理模块1010可以是处理器，例如基带处理器，基带处理器中可以包括一个或多个CPU。当第二设备1000是具有上述网络设备功能的部件时，收发模块1020可以是射频单元，处理模块1010可以是处理器，例如基带处理器。当第二设备1000是芯片系统时，收发模块1020可以是芯片(例如基带芯片)的输入输出接口、处理模块1010可以是芯片系统的处理器，可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元。应理解，本申请实施例中的处理模块1010可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，收发模块1020可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
或者，示例性地，第二设备1000可以是终端设备，也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片或者其他具有上述终端设备功能的组合器件、部件等。当第二设备1000是终端设备时，收发模块1020可以是收发器，收发器可以包括天线和射频电路等，处理模块1010可以是处理器，例如基带处理器，基带处理器中可以包括一个或多个CPU。当第二设备1000是具有上述终端设备功能的部件时，收发模块1020可以是射频单元，处理模块1010可以是处理器，例如基带处理器。当第二设备1000是芯片系统时，收发模块1020可以是芯片(例如基带芯片)的输入输出接口、处理模块1010可以是芯片系统的处理器，可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元。应理解，本申请实施例中的处理模块1010可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，收发模块1020可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
例如，处理模块1010可以用于执行图4A所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S47，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1020可以用于执行图4A所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如S42、S43和S45，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如，处理模块1010可以用于执行图4B所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S41和S47，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1020可以用于执行图4B所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如S44和S45，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如，处理模块1010可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S68，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1020可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如S61、S62、S64和S66，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如，处理模块1010可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的除了 收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S76，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1020可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如S71、S72、S74和S78，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
再例如，处理模块1010可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S88，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1020可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如S81、S82、S84和S86，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
另外，关于收发模块1020的实现方式，可参考对于收发模块920的实现方式的介绍。
其中，收发模块1020，用于接收第一信息；
处理模块1010，用于根据所述第一信息，确定对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式进行处理，所述第一处理方式为激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能。
作为一种可选的实施方式，
去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由激活状态变为去激活状态；和/或，
激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由去激活状态变为激活状态；
其中，在所述激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中包括压缩包头，在所述去激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中不包括压缩包头。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一信息包括在控制PDU、MAC CE、或第一数据包中。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述控制PDU为PDCP控制PDU或RLC控制PDU。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一信息包括在所述第一数据包中，所述第一信息通过所述第一数据包的包头内的一个或多个预留比特指示。
作为一种可选的实施方式，
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内；或
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头内，且不位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内。
作为一种可选的实施方式，
所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一信息之后接收的第一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息包括在第一数据包中，所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号减1，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包的下一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式。
作为一种可选的实施方式，处理模块1010，还用于在激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后，重置所述第一无线承载对应的预制字典，所述预制字典用于采用所述数据包压缩功能，对通过所述第一无线承载传输的数据包进行压缩。
作为一种可选的实施方式，如果第一设备900(即，发送第一信息的设备)为终端设备，第二设备1000为网络设备，那么，收发模块1020还用于：
接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力；
发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于配置所述第一无线承载能够激活或去激活数据包压缩功能。
作为一种可选的实施方式，
所述第二消息还用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态，或
在发送所述第二消息后，所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为去激活状态，其中，所述第二消息不用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态。
作为一种可选的实施方式，如果第一设备900(即，发送第一信息的设备)为网络设备，第二设备1000为终端设备，那么，收发模块1020，还用于发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力。
关于第二设备1000所能实现的其他功能，可参考图4A所示的实施例、图4B所示的实施例、图6所示的实施例、图7所示的实施例或图8所示的实施例的相关介绍，不多赘述。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以是终端设备也可以是电路。该通信装置可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的动作。
当该通信装置为终端设备时，图11示出了一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便，图11中，终端设备以手机作为例子。如图11所示，终端设备包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，以及对终端设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置，例如触摸屏、显示屏，键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是，有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。
当需要发送数据时，处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后，输出基带信号至射频电路，射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时，射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号，将射频信号转换为基带信号，并将基带信号输出至处理器，处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明，图11中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备产品中，可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置，也可以是与处理器集成在一起，本申请实施例对此不做限制。
在本申请实施例中，可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的收发单元(收发单元可以是一个功能单元，该功能单元能够实现发送功能和接收功能；或者，收发单元也可以包括两个功能单元，分别为能够实现接收功能的接收单元和能够实现发送功能的发送单元)，将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理单元。如图11所示，终端设备包括收发单元1110和处理单元1120。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元也可以称为处理器，处理单板，处理模块、处理装置等。可选的，可以将收 发单元1110中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元，将收发单元1110中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元，即收发单元1110包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。
应理解，如果第一设备是终端设备，则收发单元1110用于执行上述方法实施例中第一设备侧的发送操作和接收操作，处理单元1120用于执行上述方法实施例中第一设备上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。或者，如果第二设备是终端设备，则收发单元1110用于执行上述方法实施例中第二设备侧的发送操作和接收操作，处理单元1120用于执行上述方法实施例中第二设备上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。
例如，在一种实现方式中，处理单元1120可以用于执行图4A所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S41和S46，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发单元1110可以用于执行图4A所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如S42、S43和S45，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如，在一种实现方式中，处理单元1120可以用于执行图4B所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S46，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发单元1110可以用于执行图4B所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如S44和S45，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如，在一种实现方式中，处理单元1120可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S63、S65和S67，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发单元1110可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如S61、S62、S64和S66，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如，在一种实现方式中，处理单元1120可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S73、S75和S77，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发单元1110可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如S71、S72、S74和S78，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
再例如，在一种实现方式中，处理单元1120可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S83、S85和S87，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发单元1110可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如S81、S82、S84和S86，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
当该通信装置为芯片类的装置或者电路时，该装置可以包括收发单元和处理单元。其中，所述收发单元可以是输入输出电路和/或通信接口；处理单元为集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。
本实施例中的通信装置为终端设备时，可以参照图12所示的设备。作为一个例子，如果第一设备900是终端设备，则该设备可以完成类似于图9中处理模块910的功能。作为又一个例子，如果第二设备1000是终端设备，该设备可以完成类似于图10中处理模块1010的功能。在图12中，该设备包括处理器1210，发送数据处理器1220，接收数据处理器1230。上述实施例中的处理模块910可以是图12中的该处理器1210，并完成相应的功 能；上述实施例中的收发模块920可以是图12中的发送数据处理器1220，和/或接收数据处理器1230，并完成相应的功能。或者，上述实施例中的处理模块1010可以是图12中的该处理器1210，并完成相应的功能；上述实施例中的收发模块1020可以是图12中的发送数据处理器1220，和/或接收数据处理器1230，并完成相应的功能。虽然图12中示出了信道编码器、信道解码器，但是可以理解这些模块并不对本实施例构成限制性说明，仅是示意性的。
图13示出本实施例的另一种形式。处理装置1300中包括调制子系统、中央处理子系统、周边子系统等模块。本实施例中的通信装置可以作为其中的调制子系统。具体的，该调制子系统可以包括处理器1303，接口1304。其中，如果第一设备900是终端设备，则处理器1303完成上述处理模块910的功能，接口1304完成上述收发模块920的功能。或者，如果第二设备1000是终端设备，处理器1303完成上述处理模块1010的功能，接口1304完成上述收发模块1020的功能。作为另一种变形，该调制子系统包括存储器1306、处理器1303及存储在存储器1306上并可在处理器上运行的程序，该处理器1303执行该程序时实现上述方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法。需要注意的是，所述存储器1306可以是非易失性的，也可以是易失性的，其位置可以位于调制子系统内部，也可以位于处理装置1300中，只要该存储器1306可以连接到所述处理器1303即可。
本申请实施例中的装置为网络设备时，该装置可以如图14所示。装置1400包括一个或多个射频单元，如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)1410和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit，BBU)(也可称为数字单元，digital unit，DU)1420。所述RRU 1410可以称为收发模块，该收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块，或者，该收发模块可以是一个能够实现发送和接收功能的模块。如果第一设备900是网络设备，则该收发模块可以与图9中的收发模块920对应。或者，如果第二设备1000是网络设备，该收发模块可以与图10中的收发模块1020对应。可选地，该收发模块还可以称为收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等，其可以包括至少一个天线1411和射频单元1412。所述RRU 1410部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换，例如用于向终端设备发送指示信息。所述BBU 1420部分主要用于进行基带处理，对基站进行控制等。所述RRU 1410与BBU 1420可以是物理上设置在一起，也可以物理上分离设置的，即分布式基站。
所述BBU 1420为基站的控制中心，也可以称为处理模块，如果第一设备900是网络设备，则该处理模块可以与图9中的处理模块910对应，或者，如果第二设备1000是网络设备，则该处理模块可以与图10中的处理模块1010对应，主要用于完成基带处理功能，如信道编码，复用，调制，扩频等等。例如所述BBU(处理模块)可以用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程，例如，生成上述指示信息等。
在一个示例中，所述BBU 1420可以由一个或多个单板构成，多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网络)，也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网络，5G网络或其他网络)。所述BBU 1420还包括存储器1421和处理器1422。所述存储器1421用以存储必要的指令和数据。所述处理器1422用于控制基站进行必要的动作，例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。所述存储器1421和处理器1422可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说，可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。
本申请实施例提供一种通信系统。该通信系统可以包括上述的图4A所示的实施例所涉及的第一设备，以及包括图4A所示的实施例所涉及的第二设备。或者，包括上述的图4B所示的实施例所涉及的第一设备，以及包括图4B所示的实施例所涉及的第二设备。第一设备例如为图9中的第一设备900。第二设备例如为图10中的第二设备1000。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图4A所示的实施例中与第一设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图4A所示的实施例中与第二设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图4B所示的实施例中与第一设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图4B所示的实施例中与第二设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图6所示的实施例中与第一设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图6所示的实施例中与第二设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图7所示的实施例中与第一设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图7所示的实施例中与第二设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图8所示的实施例中与第一设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图8所示的实施例中与第二设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图4A所示的实施例中与第一设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图4A所示的实施例中与第二设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图4B所示的实施例中与第一设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图4B所示的实施例中与第二设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图6所示的实施例中与第一设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图6所示的实施例中与第二设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图7所示的实施例中与第一设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图7所示的实施例中与第二设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图8所示的实施例中与第一设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图8所示的实施例中与第二设备相关的流程。
应理解，本申请实施例中提及的处理器可以是CPU，还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
还应理解，本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。
需要说明的是，当处理器为通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件时，存储器(存储模块)集成在处理器中。
应注意，本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
应理解，在本申请的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的计算机可读存储介质，可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。以此为例但不限于：计算机可读介质可以包括随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read only memory，EEPROM)、紧凑型光盘只读存储器(compact disc read-only memory，CD-ROM)、通用串行总线闪存盘(universal serial bus flash disk)、移动硬盘、或其他光盘存储、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请实施例的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请实施例揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。因此，本申请实施例的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。
结合以上，本申请还提供如下实施例：
实施例1、一种通信方法，包括：
确定对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式进行处理，所述第一处理方式为激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能；
发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述第一处理方式。
实施例2、根据实施例1所述的方法，
去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由激活状态变为去激活状态；和/或，
激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由去激活状态变为激活状态；
其中，在所述激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中包括压缩包头，在所述去激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中不包括压缩包头。
实施例3、根据实施例1或2所述的方法，所述第一信息包括在控制PDU、MAC CE、或第一数据包中。
实施例4、根据实施例3所述的方法，所述控制PDU为PDCP控制PDU或RLC控制PDU。
实施例5、根据实施例3所述的方法，所述第一信息包括在所述第一数据包中，所述第一信息通过所述第一数据包的包头内的一个或多个预留比特指示。
实施例6、根据实施例5所述的方法，
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内；或
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头内，且不位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内。
实施例7、根据实施例1～6任一项所述的方法，
所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一信息之后发送的第一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息包括在第一数据包中，所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号减1，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包的下一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式。
实施例8、根据实施例1～7任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
在激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后，重置所述第一无线承载对应的预制字典，所述预制字典用于采用所述数据包压缩功能，对通过所述第一无线承载传输的数据包进行压缩。
实施例9、根据实施例1～8任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力；
接收第二消息，所述第二消息用于配置所述第一无线承载能够激活或去激活数据包压 缩功能。
实施例10、根据实施例9所述的方法，
所述第二消息还用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态，或
在接收所述第二消息后，所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为去激活状态，其中，所述第二消息不用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态。
实施例11、根据实施例1～8任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力。
实施例12、一种通信方法，包括：
接收第一信息；
根据所述第一信息，确定对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式进行处理，所述第一处理方式为激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能。
实施例13、根据实施例12所述的方法，
去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由激活状态变为去激活状态；和/或，
激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由去激活状态变为激活状态；
其中，在所述激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中包括压缩包头，在所述去激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中不包括压缩包头。
实施例14、根据实施例12或13所述的方法，所述第一信息包括在控制PDU、MAC CE、或第一数据包中。
实施例15、根据实施例14所述的方法，所述控制PDU为PDCP控制PDU或RLC控制PDU。
实施例16、根据实施例14所述的方法，所述第一信息包括在所述第一数据包中，所述第一信息通过所述第一数据包的包头内的一个或多个预留比特指示。
实施例17、根据实施例16所述的方法，
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内；或
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头内，且不位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内。
实施例18、根据实施例12～17任一项所述的方法，
所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一信息之后接收的第一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息包括在第一数据包中，所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号减1，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包的下一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式。
实施例19、根据实施例12～18任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
在激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后，重置所述第一无线承载对应的预制字典，所述预制字典用于采用所述数据包压缩功能，对通过所述第一无线承载传输的数据包进行压缩。
实施例20、根据实施例12～19任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力；
发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于配置所述第一无线承载能够激活或去激活数据包压缩功能。
实施例21、根据实施例20所述的方法，
所述第二消息还用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态，或
在发送所述第二消息后，所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为去激活状态，其中，所述第二消息不用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态。
实施例22、根据实施例12～19任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力。
实施例23、一种通信装置，包括：
处理模块，用于确定对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式进行处理，所述第一处理方式为激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能；
收发模块，用于发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述第一处理方式。
实施例24、根据实施例23所述的通信装置，
去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由激活状态变为去激活状态；和/或，
激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由去激活状态变为激活状态；
其中，在所述激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中包括压缩包头，在所述去激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中不包括压缩包头。
实施例25、根据实施例23或24所述的通信装置，所述第一信息包括在控制PDU、MAC CE、或第一数据包中。
实施例26、根据实施例25所述的通信装置，所述控制PDU为PDCP控制PDU或RLC控制PDU。
实施例27、根据实施例25所述的通信装置，所述第一信息包括在所述第一数据包中，所述第一信息通过所述第一数据包的包头内的一个或多个预留比特指示。
实施例28、根据实施例27所述的通信装置，
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内；或
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头内，且不位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内。
实施例29、根据实施例23～28任一项所述的通信装置，
所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一信息之后发送的第一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息包括在第一数据包中，所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一数据包开始， 对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号减1，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包的下一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式。
实施例30、根据实施例23～29任一项所述的通信装置，所述处理模块，还用于在激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后，重置所述第一无线承载对应的预制字典，所述预制字典用于采用所述数据包压缩功能，对通过所述第一无线承载传输的数据包进行压缩。
实施例31、根据实施例23～30任一项所述的通信装置，所述收发模块还用于：
发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力；
接收第二消息，所述第二消息用于配置所述第一无线承载能够激活或去激活数据包压缩功能。
实施例32、根据实施例31所述的通信装置，
所述第二消息还用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态，或
在接收所述第二消息后，所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为去激活状态，其中，所述第二消息不用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态。
实施例33、根据权利要求23～30任一项所述的通信装置，所述收发模块，还用于接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力。
实施例34、一种通信装置，包括：
收发模块，用于接收第一信息；
处理模块，用于根据所述第一信息，确定对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式进行处理，所述第一处理方式为激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能。
实施例35、根据实施例34所述的通信装置，
去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由激活状态变为去激活状态；和/或，
激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由去激活状态变为激活状态；
其中，在所述激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中包括压缩包头，在所述去激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中不包括压缩包头。
实施例36、根据权利要求34或35所述的通信装置，所述第一信息包括在控制PDU、MAC CE、或第一数据包中。
实施例37、根据实施例36所述的通信装置，所述控制PDU为PDCP控制PDU或RLC控制PDU。
实施例38、根据实施例36所述的通信装置，所述第一信息包括在所述第一数据包中，所述第一信息通过所述第一数据包的包头内的一个或多个预留比特指示。
实施例39、根据实施例38所述的通信装置，
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内；或
所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头内，且不位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内。
实施例40、根据实施例34～39任一项所述的通信装置，
所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一信息之后接收的第一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息包括在第一数据包中，所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号减1，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包的下一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式。
实施例41、根据实施例34～40任一项所述的通信装置，所述处理模块，还用于在激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后，重置所述第一无线承载对应的预制字典，所述预制字典用于采用所述数据包压缩功能，对通过所述第一无线承载传输的数据包进行压缩。
实施例42、根据实施例34～41任一项所述的通信装置，所述收发模块还用于：
接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力；
发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于配置所述第一无线承载能够激活或去激活数据包压缩功能。
实施例43、根据实施例42所述的通信装置，
所述第二消息还用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态，或
在发送所述第二消息后，所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为去激活状态，其中，所述第二消息不用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态。
实施例44、根据实施例34～41任一项所述的通信装置，所述收发模块，还用于发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力。
实施例45、一种通信装置，其中，所述通信装置包括处理器和收发器，所述处理器和所述收发器耦合，能够执行如实施例1至实施例11中的任一个实施例所述的方法，或执行如实施例12至实施例22中的任一个实施例所述的方法。
实施例46、一种芯片，该芯片包括处理器，当该处理器执行指令时，能够实现上述实施例1至实施例11中的任一个实施例所述的方法，或能够实现如实施例12至实施例22中的任一个实施例所述的方法。该指令可以来自芯片内部的存储器，也可以来自芯片外部的存储器。可选的，该芯片还包括输入输出电路。可选的，所述的输入输出电路例如包括通信接口。
实施例47、一种通信系统，其中，所述通信系统包括如实施例23至实施例33中的任一个实施例所述的通信装置，以及包括如实施例34至实施例44中的任一个实施例所述的通信装置。
实施例48、一种计算机可读存储介质，其中，所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如实施例1至实施例11中的任一个实施例所述的方法，或执行如实施例12至实施例22中的任一个实施例所述的方法。
实施例49、一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序，所述计算机程序被计算机执行时，所述计算机可以实现如实施例1至实施例11中的任一个实施例所述的方法，或实现如实施例12至实施例22中的任一个实施例所述的方法。
尽管在此结合各实施例对本申请进行了描述，然而，本领域技术人员通过查看所述附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书，可理解并实现所述公开实施例的其他变化。在权利要求中，“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤，“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其他单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施，但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。

Claims (25)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    确定对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式进行处理，所述第一处理方式为激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能；
    发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述第一处理方式。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由激活状态变为去激活状态；和/或，
    激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由去激活状态变为激活状态；
    其中，在所述激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中包括压缩包头，在所述去激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中不包括压缩包头。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息包括在控制协议数据单元PDU、媒体接入控制MAC控制元素CE、或第一数据包中。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述控制PDU为分组数据汇聚协议PDCP控制PDU或无线链路控制RLC控制PDU。
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息包括在所述第一数据包中，所述第一信息通过所述第一数据包的包头内的一个或多个预留比特指示。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内；或
    所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头内，且不位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内。
  7. 根据权利要求1～6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一信息之后发送的第一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
    所述第一信息包括在第一数据包中，所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
    所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
    所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号减1，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包的下一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式。
  8. 根据权利要求1～7任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    在激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后，重置所述第一无线承载对应的预制字典，所述预制字典用于采用所述数据包压缩功能，对通过所述第一无线承载传输的数据包进行压缩。
  9. 根据权利要求1～8任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力；
    接收第二消息，所述第二消息用于配置所述第一无线承载能够激活或去激活数据包压缩功能。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第二消息还用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态，或
    在接收所述第二消息后，所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为去激活状态，其中，所述第二消息不用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态。
  11. 根据权利要求1～8任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力。
  12. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接收第一信息；
    根据所述第一信息，确定对第一无线承载采用第一处理方式进行处理，所述第一处理方式为激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，
    去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由激活状态变为去激活状态；和/或，
    激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能是指，所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能由去激活状态变为激活状态；
    其中，在所述激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中包括压缩包头，在所述去激活状态下，所述第一无线承载的数据包中不包括压缩包头。
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息包括在控制PDU、MAC CE、或第一数据包中。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述控制PDU为PDCP控制PDU或RLC控制PDU。
  16. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息包括在所述第一数据包中，所述第一信息通过所述第一数据包的包头内的一个或多个预留比特指示。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内；或
    所述一个或多个预留比特位于所述第一数据包的包头内，且不位于所述第一数据包的包头所包括的压缩包头内。
  18. 根据权利要求12～17任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一信息之后接收的第一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
    所述第一信息包括在第一数据包中，所述第一信息用于指示，从所述第一数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
    所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式；或，
    所述第一信息还包括指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示第二数据包的序号减1，所述第一信息用于指示从所述第二数据包的下一个数据包开始，对所述第一无线承载采用所述第一处理方式。
  19. 根据权利要求12～18任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    在激活或去激活所述第一无线承载的数据包压缩功能后，重置所述第一无线承载对应的预制字典，所述预制字典用于采用所述数据包压缩功能，对通过所述第一无线承载传输的数据包进行压缩。
  20. 根据权利要求12～19任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力；
    发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于配置所述第一无线承载能够激活或去激活数据包压缩功能。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第二消息还用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态，或
    在发送所述第二消息后，所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为去激活状态，其中，所述第二消息不用于配置所述第一无线承载的数据压缩功能为激活状态。
  22. 根据权利要求12～19任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示第一能力，所述第一能力为动态激活或去激活数据包压缩功能的能力。
  23. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括处理器和收发器，其中，所述处理器与所述收发器耦合，用于执行如权利要求1～11中任一项所述的方法，或用于执行如权利要求12～22中任一项所述的方法。
  24. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括处理模块和收发模块，其中，所述处理模块与所述收发模块耦合，用于执行如权利要求1～11中任一项所述的方法，或用于执行如权利要求12～22中任一项所述的方法。
  25. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1～11中任意一项所述的方法，或使得所述计算机执行如权利要求12～22中任意一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2020/122185 2020-02-21 2020-10-20 一种通信方法及装置 WO2021164287A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP20920620.0A EP4099757A4 (en) 2020-02-21 2020-10-20 COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS
US17/801,184 US20230097297A1 (en) 2020-02-21 2020-10-20 Communication method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010107913.9A CN113301606B (zh) 2020-02-21 2020-02-21 一种通信方法及装置
CN202010107913.9 2020-02-21

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021164287A1 true WO2021164287A1 (zh) 2021-08-26

Family

ID=77317517

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/122185 WO2021164287A1 (zh) 2020-02-21 2020-10-20 一种通信方法及装置

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20230097297A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4099757A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN113301606B (zh)
WO (1) WO2021164287A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023082035A1 (en) * 2021-11-09 2023-05-19 Nokia Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd. Nr udc -flexible drb switch

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109842905A (zh) * 2017-11-28 2019-06-04 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 字典配置方法、网络侧设备及用户终端
WO2019166032A1 (zh) * 2018-03-01 2019-09-06 华为技术有限公司 通信方法及装置

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112203281B (zh) * 2017-06-15 2023-07-21 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种数据无线承载完整性保护配置方法、终端及网络设备
CN110741709B (zh) * 2017-08-10 2021-05-25 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 双连接中的复制数据传输功能的控制方法和设备
KR102352684B1 (ko) * 2017-11-16 2022-01-18 삼성전자주식회사 무선통신 시스템에서 통신 방법 및 장치
KR102629306B1 (ko) * 2018-05-21 2024-01-25 삼성전자 주식회사 차세대 이동통신 시스템에서 sdap 제어 pdu를 구분해서 처리하는 방법 및 장치

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109842905A (zh) * 2017-11-28 2019-06-04 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 字典配置方法、网络侧设备及用户终端
WO2019166032A1 (zh) * 2018-03-01 2019-09-06 华为技术有限公司 通信方法及装置

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CATT: "Addition of new LTE_UDC-UEConTest test case 7.3.10.1", 3GPP DRAFT; 36523-1_CR_(REL-15)_R5-187735, no. RAN WG5, 9 December 2018 (2018-12-09), Spokane, United States, pages 1 - 6, XP051552244 *
CATT: "Addition of new LTE_UDC-UEConTest test case 7.3.10.2", 3GPP DRAFT; 36523-1_CR_(REL-15)_R5-187736, no. RAN WG5, 6 December 2018 (2018-12-06), Spokane, United States, pages 1 - 4, XP051514627 *
See also references of EP4099757A4 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113301606A (zh) 2021-08-24
EP4099757A1 (en) 2022-12-07
EP4099757A4 (en) 2023-07-05
US20230097297A1 (en) 2023-03-30
CN113301606B (zh) 2023-03-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN110324848B (zh) 信息处理方法、通信装置以及计算机存储介质
US11665575B2 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
WO2020216133A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及设备
EP4033799A1 (en) Relay transmission method, relay terminal and remote terminal
US20220279381A1 (en) Communication Method and Apparatus
WO2021000688A1 (zh) 一种发送、接收能力信息的方法及设备
WO2021023044A1 (zh) 一种通信方法和装置
WO2020211778A1 (zh) 小区切换方法以及装置
CN113810964A (zh) 一种通信方法及设备
WO2021258766A1 (zh) 一种配置终端设备的方法及设备
WO2020015715A1 (zh) 一种数据发送的方法和装置
WO2021164287A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
EP4175356A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
US20240080729A1 (en) Communication Method and Apparatus
WO2021238318A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2021027854A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及设备
WO2022104531A1 (zh) 连接方法及相关装置
US20220330086A1 (en) Method for Reporting UDC Information By UE, and Device
WO2021134763A1 (zh) 一种恢复传输的方法、装置及设备
WO2022141298A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
CN114095978B (zh) 一种配置终端设备的方法及设备
WO2022213393A1 (zh) 寻呼方法、设备及存储介质
WO2022141332A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2021088638A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、装置及设备
WO2021088879A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、设备与芯片

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20920620

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020920620

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220829

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE